<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://wiki.dolibarr.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Maxime</id>
	<title>Dolibarr ERP CRM Wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://wiki.dolibarr.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Maxime"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.dolibarr.org/index.php/Special:Contributions/Maxime"/>
	<updated>2026-10-30T22:07:47Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.39.17</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.dolibarr.org/index.php?title=Module_Comptabilit%C3%A9_en_Partie_Double&amp;diff=62391</id>
		<title>Module Comptabilité en Partie Double</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.dolibarr.org/index.php?title=Module_Comptabilit%C3%A9_en_Partie_Double&amp;diff=62391"/>
		<updated>2025-02-08T18:05:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maxime: Ajout d&amp;#039;explication pour la cloture&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- BEGIN interlang links --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Do NOT edit this section&lt;br /&gt;
     Links below are automatically managed by PolyglotBot&lt;br /&gt;
     You can edit links on the English source page : Module_Double_Entry_Accounting --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[en:Module_Double_Entry_Accounting]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:JA_Module_Double_Entry_Accounting]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- END interlang links --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Compta]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{TemplateDocUtil}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{TemplateModFR}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{BasculeDevUser|&lt;br /&gt;
nom=Comptabilité Avancée|&lt;br /&gt;
num=50400| &lt;br /&gt;
devdoc=[[Module Comptabilité en Partie Double (développeur)]]|&lt;br /&gt;
userdoc=Cette page|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Ce module offre des fonctions comptables plus évolués que le [[Module Comptabilité Simplifié]] et permet de générer des écritures comptables, générer et éditer son grand livre directement avec Dolibarr et l&#039;exporter dans un format de logiciel comptable (une quinzaine de formats sont supportés, dont le format FEC et format CSV/TXT).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le module de Comptabilité en Partie Double est &amp;quot;isolé&amp;quot; du reste du logiciel pour des questions de sécurisation de la donnée comptable. De ce fait, aucun autre module n&#039;a techniquement le droit d&#039;écrire directement en comptabilité. C&#039;est pour cela que la comptabilité comporte deux phases à savoir le &amp;quot;Transfert en comptabilité&amp;quot; et la &amp;quot;Comptabilité&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dans la première phase, vous allez vérifier, valider et générer rapidement des opérations comptables (les liaisons) que vous inscrirez (Inscription) en comptabilité. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dans la seconde phase, vous disposerez de votre comptabilité généré par Dolibarr que vous pourrez parcourir, modifier ou bien vous pourrez rajouter manuellement des opérations comptables pour au final procéder à un export.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{{NoInstallModuleFr}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Configuration=&lt;br /&gt;
{{ActivationModuleFr}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vous pouvez également vous rendre pour ce module dans Comptabilité &amp;gt; Configuration. Un menu dédié est disponible pour la configuration dans le cas où la personne en charge de la comptabilité n&#039;est pas administrateur du Dolibarr en question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Cycle de vie / Règles de gestion=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il est possible que les lignes à lier en comptabilité soit impossible à afficher et signale une erreur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pour corriger le problème procéder comme suit;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Dans votre répertoire &amp;quot;Document&amp;quot;, renommer votre fichier install.lock en 1install.lock&lt;br /&gt;
*Entre l&#039;URL &amp;quot;votre_nom_de_domaine.fr/install/repair.php?force_utf8_on_tables=confirmed&amp;quot; dans la barre d&#039;adresse&lt;br /&gt;
*Attendre la fin de la procédure&lt;br /&gt;
*Renommer votre fichier install.lock&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
L&#039;utilisation du module de comptabilité se fait en plusieurs étapes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Les actions suivantes sont habituellement exécutées une seule fois, ou une fois par an ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Étape 1: Créer un modèle de plan de compte depuis le menu Compta/Tréso-Comptabilité-Configuration-Modèle de plan de compte&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Étape 2: Créer ou vérifier le contenu de votre plan de compte depuis le menu Compta/Tréso-Comptabilité-Configuration-Plan comptable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Les prochaines étapes doivent être faites pour vous faire gagner du temps à l&#039;avenir en vous proposant le bon compte comptable par défaut lors de la journalisation (écrire des enregistrements dans les journaux et Grand Livre)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Étape 3: Vérifier que la liaison par défaut entre les lignes de transactions diverses et le compte comptable est faite. Compléter les liaisons manquantes. Pour cela, vous pouvez utiliser l&#039;entrée de menu Compta/Tréso-Comptabilité-Configuration-Comptes par défaut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Étape 4: Vérifiez que la liaison entre le paiement de la TVA et le compte comptable est faite. Compléter les liaisons manquantes. Vous pouvez définir les comptes comptables à utiliser pour chaque taux de TVA sur la page Compta/Tréso-Comptabilité-Configuration-Compte TVA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Étape 5: Vérifier que la liaison entre les dépenses spéciales (cotisations sociales ou fiscales) et le compte comptable est faite. Compléter les liaisons manquantes. Pour cela, vous pouvez utiliser l&#039;entrée de menu Compta/Tréso-Comptabilité-Configuration-Comptes charges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Étape 6: Vérifiez que la liaison entre le type de notes de frais et le compte comptable est faite. Compléter les liaisons manquantes. Vous pouvez définir les comptes comptables à utiliser pour chaque type de ligne de note de frais sur la page Compta/Tréso-Comptabilité-Configuration-Comptes notes de frais.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Étape 7: Vérifier que la liaison entre les paiements de prêts et les comptes comptables est faite. Compléter les liaisons manquantes. Pour cela, vous pouvez utiliser l&#039;entrée de menu Compta/Tréso-Dépenses spéciales-Emprunts ou Compta/Tréso-Comptabilité-Configuration-Comptes par défaut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Étape 8: Vérifier que la liaison entre les comptes bancaires et le compte comptable est faite. Compléter les liaisons manquantes. Pour cela, rendez-vous sur la fiche de chaque compte financier. Vous pouvez commencer à partir de la page Accueil-Banques/Caisses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Étape 9: Vérifier que la liaison entre les produits/services et le compte comptable est faite. Compléter les liaisons manquantes. Pour cela, vous pouvez utiliser l&#039;entrée de menu Compta/Tréso-Comptabilité-Configuration-Comptes produits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Les actions suivantes sont habituellement exécutées chaque mois, semaine, ou jour pour les très grandes entreprises ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Étape 1: Vérifier que la liaison entre les lignes de factures client existantes et le compte comptable est faite. Compléter les liaisons manquantes. Pour cela, vous pouvez utiliser l&#039;entrée de menu Compta/Tréso-Comptabilité-Liaison factures client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Étape 2: Vérifier que la liaison entre les lignes de factures fournisseurs existantes et le compte comptable est faite. Compléter les liaisons manquantes. Pour cela, vous pouvez utiliser l&#039;entrée de menu Compta/Tréso-Comptabilité-Liaison factures fournisseur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Étape 3: Vérifiez que la liaison entre le type de notes de frais et le compte comptable est faite. Compléter les liaisons manquantes. Vous pouvez définir les comptes comptables à utiliser pour chaque type de ligne de note de frais sur la page Compta/Tréso-Comptabilité-Liaison notes de frais.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Étape 4: Écrire les transactions dans le Grand Livre. Pour cela, aller sur chaque Journal, et cliquer sur le bouton &amp;quot;Enregistrer les opérations dans le Grand Livre&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Étape 5: Ajouter ou modifier les opérations existantes et générer des rapports et des exportations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liaisons comptables==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Comptabilité - Menus liaisons.png|alt=Comptabilité - Menus liaison|thumb|Comptabilité - Menus liaison]]&lt;br /&gt;
Disponible sur les factures clients (ventes) / factures fournisseurs (achats) / notes de frais&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le but des &amp;quot;liaisons comptables&amp;quot; est de valider le compte comptable qui va être rattaché à la ligne de l&#039;élément (Ventes, achats, note de frais). En effet, en fonction de la situation TVA / géographique, Dolibarr va pouvoir vous suggérer le meilleur compte comptable à lier à la ligne de l&#039;élément.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il est donc important de valider toutes les liaisons de la période en cours car sans validation d&#039;une liaison, pas de transfert en comptabilité possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Par exemple : Vous êtes au mois de novembre, si vous travaillez sur la TVA du mois d&#039;octobre, sur les pages principales des liaisons, il faudra s&#039;assurer que jusqu&#039;à octobre, les liaisons &amp;quot;non encore liées&amp;quot; sur le mois d&#039;octobre et les mois précédent sont bien à zéro.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Comptabilité - Liaison factures - Synthèse.png|alt=Comptabilité - Liaison factures - Synthèse|left|thumb|600x600px|Comptabilité - Liaison factures - Synthèse]]&lt;br /&gt;
Si vous êtes sur que votre module Comptabilité en partie double est bien configuré, vous pouvez valider rapidement toutes les liaisons facilement en cliquant sur le bouton &amp;quot;Lier automatiquement&amp;quot; ou sur l&#039;icône chaîne du mois en question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Néanmoins comme expliqué auparavant, si le montant ne tombe pas à zéro sur le mois que vous désirez traiter, il faudra vous rendre dans le détail des lignes à lier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le détail des &amp;quot;lignes à lier&amp;quot; est accessible via le menu sur votre gauche ou via le lien sur la page d&#039;index.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sur cette page, vous verrez le détail ligne par ligne des éléments (factures clients, factures fournisseurs et notes de frais) ainsi que le compte comptable suggéré. Si la liaison n&#039;a pu être faite automatiquement, il faut probablement configurer ou compléter la configuration de votre produit/service pour éventuellement traiter les cas de ventes ou à l&#039;export (étranger). Sinon, vous pouvez exceptionnellement lier manuellement en spécifiant le compte comptable adéquate en bout de ligne et valider avec l&#039;action en masse au dessus de votre tableau. (Le bouton &amp;quot;Sélectionner l&#039;action &amp;gt; lier&amp;quot; puis confirmer) Il est tout de même conseillé de configurer au maximum vos produits/services pour gagner du temps par la suite.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pour les lignes libres qui ne sont pas rattachées à un produit/service, il est préférable de ne pas les utiliser car le lien avec la comptabilité sera problématique très rapidement car toutes les liaisons devront être faites lignes par lignes.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Comptabilité - Liaisons comptables détaillées.png|alt=Comptabilité - Liaisons comptables détaillées|center|thumb|1000x1000px|Comptabilité - Liaisons comptables détaillées]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Une fois les liaisons totalement effectuées, vous pouvez passer à l&#039;étape suivante. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si vous souhaitez modifier une ligne d&#039;un élément qui n&#039;a pas été lié au bon comptable comptable et non transféré en comptabilité (Action suivante), vous pouvez a tout moment vous rendre dans le menu de gauche sur &amp;quot;Lignes liées&amp;quot;, vous trouverez une page semblable à la précédente mais sur laquelle vous pourrez changer en masse les comptes comptables déjà liés et les modifier selon vos besoins.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Génération des écritures en comptabilité==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Comptabilité - Menu - Génération des écritures comptables.png|alt=Comptabilité - Menu - Génération des écritures comptables|left|thumb|Comptabilité - Menu - Génération des écritures comptables]]&lt;br /&gt;
Une fois les liaisons réalisées, il faudra défiler tous les menus de génération des écritures comptables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sur chaque page, selon la période affichée, il va vous êtes proposé des opérations comptables pour chaque élément et si ces dernières correspondent à ce qu&#039;il faut générer, vous pouvez les transférer en comptabilité en appuyant sur le bouton &amp;quot;Enregistrer les transactions en comptabilité&amp;quot;. Dans le cas contraire, vous pouvez re-modifier vos liaisons comptables avant de continuer le transfert.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Comptabilité - Bouton transfert comptabilité.png|alt=Comptabilité - Bouton transfert comptabilité|center|thumb|Comptabilité - Bouton transfert comptabilité]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Une fois tous les menus défilés, vous devriez retrouver l&#039;intégralité des opérations comptables générées en comptabilité.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En cas de problème sur ces pages de génération, il s&#039;agit la plupart du temps d&#039;une mauvaise configuration ou de liaison incomplète.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comptabilité==&lt;br /&gt;
Trois vues disponibles à ce :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Grand Livre / Grand livre auxiliaire&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Journal&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Balance / balance auxiliaire&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Possibilité d&#039;ajouter une opération comptable manuellement en cliquant en haut à droite sur le &amp;quot;+&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
=Exports=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Les exports de vos données comptables au format désiré se font depuis la page :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Export comptabilité (Depuis la v18 de Dolibarr)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Grand livre ou journaux (Respectivement jusqu&#039;à la v12 et jusqu&#039;à la v17 de Dolibarr)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ainsi, vous devez vous rendre dans la page adéquate :&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu export comptabilité.png|alt=Menu export comptabilité|left|Menu export comptabilité|thumb|200x200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sur la page d&#039;export de la comptabilité, vous disposez d&#039;une liste des opérations comptables selon une présentation &amp;quot;Journal&amp;quot;, c&#039;est à dire toutes les opérations les une à la suite des autres selon leur ordre d&#039;intégration dans la comptabilité de Dolibarr.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Comptabilité - Bouton re-export.png|alt=Comptabilité - Bouton réexport|thumb|Comptabilité - Bouton de ré-export]]&lt;br /&gt;
Par défaut, Dolibarr ne présente que les opérations non exportées (en se basant simplement sur la présence ou non d&#039;une date d&#039;export dans la colonne éponyme). Si vous souhaitez re-exporter des données ayant déjà une date d&#039;export, il suffit de cliquer en haut à droite sur le bouton &amp;quot;Cliquez pour afficher les lignes déjà exportées&amp;quot; (Ancienne traduction : &amp;quot;Inclure les documents déjà exportés&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Les filtres que vous appliquerez éventuellement sur cette liste d&#039;opérations ont un impact direct sur l&#039;export réalisé, si vous filtrez sur un code journal ou une fourchette de dates, uniquement les données répondant à ce filtrage seront exportées.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Comptabilité - Bouton export liste filtrée.png|alt=Comptabilité - Bouton export liste filtrée|thumb|Comptabilité - Bouton export liste filtrée]]&lt;br /&gt;
Une fois les données prêtes a exporter avec d&#039;éventuels filtres, il suffit ensuite de cliquer en haut à droite sur &amp;quot;Export liste filtrée&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Avant la v14 de Dolibarr, le téléchargement était lancé directement dans votre navigateur selon le format sélectionné (dans Comptabilité &amp;gt; Configuration &amp;gt; Options d&#039;exports).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Comptabilité - Popup export comptabilité.png|alt=Comptabilité - Popup export comptabilité|thumb|Comptabilité - Popup export comptabilité]]&lt;br /&gt;
A partir de la v14, lors du clic sur le bouton correspondant, vous aurez désormais un popup qui s&#039;ouvrira avec diverses possibilités :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Modèle d&#039;export : Reprise automatique du format sélectionné dans la configuration mais possibilité de changer ce dernier pour effectuer des tests par exemples (option disponible à partir de la v18 de Dolibarr)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Ne pas exporter le lettrage lors de la génération du fichier : dans les formats le permettant (FEC notamment), permet de ne pas reprendre les codes de lettrage généré par Dolibarr car cela peut empêcher l&#039;import dans certain logiciel (option disponible à partir de la v17 de Dolibarr)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Marquer les lignes non encore exportées comme &amp;quot;Exportées&amp;quot; : en lien avec le bouton de ré-export des données comptables expliqué ci-dessus, cette option (cochée par défaut) permettra de noter comme exportées toutes les opérations qui le seront. Cela permettra lors du prochain export de ne pas représenter des opérations ayant déjà fait l&#039;objet d&#039;un export pour éviter des problématiques de doublon des opérations lors de l&#039;intégration dans un autre logiciel de comptabilité. &#039;&#039;&#039;Il est conseillé de laisser cette option cochée.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Validez et verrouillez les écritures exportées : en cochant cette option, vous bloquerez les opérations exportées. En effet, aucune modification ni suppression ne sera désormais possible sur les opérations exportées en question. Attention, avec le format FEC, vous bloquerez également ces mêmes opérations dans le logiciel vers lequel l&#039;export aura lieu. (notamment le logiciel de votre cabinet comptable). Cette opération n&#039;est pas obligatoire lors d&#039;un export et pourra être réalisée après lors de la procédure de clôture de l&#039;exercice. &#039;&#039;&#039;Il n&#039;est pas conseillé de cocher cette option&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Exporter les pièces : en lien avec l&#039;&amp;quot;Export avec fichiers sources&amp;quot; ci-dessous, cette option vous permettra selon le format désiré de générer un fichier zip contenant les données comptables ainsi que les documents correspondant (option disponible à partir de la v18 de Dolibarr)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Voici un exemple des formats d&#039;export disponibles.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{AccountingExpertExportExamples}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Exports avec fichiers sources==&lt;br /&gt;
A partir de la version v18 de Dolibarr, il existe la possibilité pour certains formats d&#039;exporter un fichier unique compressé incluant les opérations comptables ainsi que les pièces comptables afin de l&#039;importer dans un logiciel comptable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En fonction du format listé ci-dessous, une nouvelle option apparaitra dans le popup d&#039;export de la comptabilité :&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Popup export comptable.png|center|Fenêtre d&#039;export comptable]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
En fonction du format, vous trouverez des indications ci-dessous pour procéder à l&#039;import dans le logiciel comptable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Import vers CEGID Quadra===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Disponibilité de ce modèle d&#039;export : Dolibarr v18 ou Easya 2022&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Faites l’export depuis Dolibarr au format &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;Export vers Quadratus QuadraCompta&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; en cochant l&#039;option dans la fenêtre d&#039;export &amp;quot;Exporter les pièces&amp;quot; .&lt;br /&gt;
#Décompressez le fichier ZIP obtenu.&lt;br /&gt;
#Dans Cegid Quadra, cliquez sur &#039;&#039;&#039;Outils&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Suivi des dossiers&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Import ASCII (Compta)&#039;&#039;&#039; et sélectionnez le fichier .txt se trouvant dans l&#039;archive dézippé que vous venez de créer.[[File:Import comptable QuadraCompta menu import.png|center|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Votre import est finalisé avec les pièces comptables&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Import vers ACD===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Disponibilité de ce modèle d&#039;export : Dolibarr v19 ou Easya 2022&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Faites l’export depuis Dolibarr au format &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;Export FEC (avec dates enregistrement et document inversées)&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; (communément appelé FEC2 ou FEC inversé) en cochant l&#039;option dans la fenêtre d&#039;export &amp;quot;Exporter les pièces&amp;quot; .&lt;br /&gt;
#Décompressez le fichier ZIP obtenu.&lt;br /&gt;
#Dans ACD, cliquez sur &#039;&#039;&#039;Outils&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Importation&#039;&#039;&#039; et choisissez &#039;&#039;&#039;Importation FEC&#039;&#039;&#039; et sélectionnez le fichier FEC au format .txt se trouvant dans l&#039;archive dézippé que vous venez de créer et il faut cocher la case &amp;quot;Reprise des pièces jointes&amp;quot; comme ci-dessous.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Import Compta ACD piecejointe.png|alt=Import ACD Compta avec pièces jointes|center|frameless|700x700px|Import ACD Compta avec pièces jointes]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Votre import est finalisé avec les pièces comptables&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Clôture annuelle==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Disponibilité de la fonctionnalité : Dolibarr v19 ou Easya 2024&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Prérequis : ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* les &#039;&#039;&#039;périodes fiscales doivent être définies&#039;&#039;&#039; (comptabilité &amp;gt; configuration &amp;gt; Périodes Fiscales)&lt;br /&gt;
* Les &#039;&#039;&#039;comptes de cloture doivent être renseignés&#039;&#039;&#039; (comptabilité &amp;gt; configuration &amp;gt; Compte de cloture). Ci dessous, un exemple de configuration&lt;br /&gt;
** Compte de résultat (Profit) : 120000 -  Résultat de l&#039;exercice ( Bénéfice )&lt;br /&gt;
** Compte de résultat (perte) : 129000 -  Résultat de l&#039;exercice ( Perte )&lt;br /&gt;
** Journal de clôture annuel : AN - A-nouveaux&lt;br /&gt;
** Groupes Comptabilité utilisés pour les comptes de la balance (séparés par une virgule) : CAPIT,IMMO,STOCK,THIRDPARTY,FINAN&lt;br /&gt;
** Groupes de comptabilité utilisés pour le compte de résultat (séparés par une virgule) : INCOME,EXPENSE&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Toutes vos opérations sont passées sur l&#039;année N en comptabilité&#039;&#039;&#039;. A titre d&#039;exemple voila la liste des actions à prévoir mais il est préférable de se tourner vers une personne disposant de connaissance en comptabilité.&lt;br /&gt;
** S&#039;assurer que toutes les transactions de la période concernée ont été enregistrées en comptabilité.&lt;br /&gt;
** Réconcilier les comptes bancaires en vérifiant que les soldes des relevés bancaires correspondent aux soldes des comptes bancaires dans les livres de l&#039;entreprise.&lt;br /&gt;
** Réconcilier les comptes clients et fournisseurs pour s&#039;assurer que les soldes sont corrects et que toutes les factures et paiements ont été enregistrés.&lt;br /&gt;
** Comptabiliser les ajustements nécessaires tels que les amortissements, les provisions pour créances douteuses, les provisions pour risques et charges, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
** Vérifier et ajuster les stocks si nécessaire.&lt;br /&gt;
** Etc...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cloture de l&#039;année N ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Aller dans le module de cloture ( comptabilité &amp;gt; comptabilité &amp;gt; Cloture )&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Choisir la période fiscale&#039;&#039;&#039; à clore pour choisir l&#039;année N en utilisant les flèches pour passer d&#039;une année à l&#039;autre&lt;br /&gt;
** Si l&#039;année n&#039;existe pas, c&#039;est que vous ne l&#039;avez pas créée dans les périodes fiscales ( voir §prérequis )&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Etape 1 : Valider et verrouiller les mouvements&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Cette étape permet de verrouiller toutes les opérations qui ne seraient pas encore verrouillées sur l&#039;année N et fige donc ces opérations. Il ne sera plus possible de les modifier&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Etape 2 : Cloturer l&#039;exercice fiscale&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Cette opération permet de calculer et de reporter dans le compte de résultat (bénéfice ou perte) le résultat de l&#039;année N&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;A compléter&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Etape 3 : Extraire et enregistrer les entrées des A-Nouveaux&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Cette opération permet de reporter le solde de l&#039;année N des comptes du bilan ( actif et passif )  sur l&#039;année N+1&lt;br /&gt;
** Pour chaque compte du bilan, une entrée est saisie dans le journal des A-nouveaux (cf §prérequis) avec le montant au 31/12 de l&#039;année N&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;A compléter&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maxime</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.dolibarr.org/index.php?title=File:Choix_de_la_p%C3%A9riode_fiscale_%C3%A0_clore.png&amp;diff=62390</id>
		<title>File:Choix de la période fiscale à clore.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.dolibarr.org/index.php?title=File:Choix_de_la_p%C3%A9riode_fiscale_%C3%A0_clore.png&amp;diff=62390"/>
		<updated>2025-02-08T17:45:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maxime: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Choix de la période fiscale à clore&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maxime</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.dolibarr.org/index.php?title=Setup_Other&amp;diff=60080</id>
		<title>Setup Other</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.dolibarr.org/index.php?title=Setup_Other&amp;diff=60080"/>
		<updated>2024-04-19T22:05:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maxime: error in parameter&amp;#039;s name (tested on dolibarr V19.0.1)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- BEGIN origin interlang links --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You can edit this section but do NOT remove these comments&lt;br /&gt;
     Links below will be automatically replicated on translated pages by PolyglotBot --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Paramétrage_Divers]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Configuración_Varios]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Erweiterte_Einstellungen]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[zh:其他设置]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- END interlang links --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Admin]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{TemplateDocUser}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Help About Screen&#039;&#039;&#039;: Other setup&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Menu Path&#039;&#039;&#039;: Home ► Setup ► Other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Introduction&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some options are not visible in the interface (often because they are deprecated or are beta features). In most cases you do not need these functions and their use may make the application unstable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 {{warning|32px}} This page contains the list of some advanced development parameters. In most cases, it is parameters for internal usage, development, external modules, features in development not stable or that may lead to security risk. For standard usage of Dolibarr, such parameters &#039;&#039;&#039;SHOULD NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; be used. All experimental options are NOT supported. They may be removed in a future, modified at any version and break stability of your application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable/override a parameter you have to define the constant name and set it to 1 (unless otherwise stated) in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Home ► Setup ► Other Setup&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options here may not be documented since they are not stable and unsupported (remember they are experimental or development options). The basic format of how the list is written is broken down in the example below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
UNSTABLE_OR_DEV_OPTION ► &#039;&#039;Description of config and goal&#039;&#039; ► &#039;&#039;(specific version information) or values&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Global Options=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;ADD_UNSPLASH_LOGIN_BACKGROUND&#039;&#039;&#039; ► The background image will be refreshed on every login page refresh. Background image is pulled from the popular open source image website Unsplash. If an already saved static background image exists, then this code will override it (but not delete the saved image). Warning: Using this may allow this external website to steel your login credentials (the value to be put is the URL of the service, exemple : https://source.unsplash.com/random) ► (v10.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_HIDE_POWERED_BY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Hide the &amp;quot;Powered by Dolibarr&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_APPLICATION_TITLE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► This will change the title of software (that appears on the login page by default). Warning: changing this may make Dolibarr version detection fail by smartphone applications like [[Application Android - DoliDroid]] breaking some features when using Dolibarr from this application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_AUTOFILL_DATE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If this constant is defined (to something other than &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;), the date of invoice, proposal, order or payment are auto-filled with the current date. It is highly recommended to NOT ENABLE this feature. This can create a lot of input errors with data not validated by users. This leads to incorrect values saved in the database causing confusion when you have to do your accountancy reports!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_AUTO_TIMESTAMP_IN_PUBLIC_NOTES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add a timestamp and user automatically when editing the &#039;&#039;public&#039;&#039; note.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_AUTO_TIMESTAMP_IN_PRIVATE_NOTES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add a timestamp and user automatically when editing the &#039;&#039;private&#039;&#039; note.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_COUNTRIES_IN_EEC&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Country list in European Area (For VAT purpose) ► (v10.0-v13.0). From v14, do not use this any more (remove the constant if you set it and instead set if the country is in Europe or not from the DB for V14 - V15  and from dictionary of countries in V16 and more).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DEFAULT_PAYMENT_TERM_ID&#039;&#039;&#039; ► With ID of a payment term, will use this as default payment term each time you create a new proposal, order, invoice (customer and supplier). Deprecated. Replaced with the default setup feature instead.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DEFAULT_PAYMENT_TYPE_ID&#039;&#039;&#039; ► With ID of a payment type, will use this as default payment type each time you create a new proposal, order, invoice (customer and supplier). Deprecated. Replaced with the default setup feature instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DEFAULT_LANGUAGE_FILTER&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Useful if you do not want to show &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;en_US&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; language option in combo boxes (other languages can easily be removed in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;langs&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; directory but not &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;en_US&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) ► (v10.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_LANGUAGES_ALLOWED&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Is a list of languages without spaces, example : &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;fr_FR,en_US,de_DE,it_IT&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; If defined, only those languages will appear in combos. ► (v11.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DISABLE_NOTES_TAB&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show or hide notes tab in the card page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DISABLE_CONTACTS_TAB&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show or hide contacts tab in the card page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DISABLE_FULL_SCANLIST&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disables the complete scan of tables to allow the pagination to show total number of pages. May be useful to activate on systems with a very high quantity of data (tables with more than 2 000 000 records).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DISABLE_JQUERY_JNOTIFY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable usage of &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;JNotify&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to show confirm or error messages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DISABLE_AJAX_COMBOX&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If you have a large number of third parties or products, you can disable the autocomplete feature on the third parties list by setting this constant to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; ► (v3.6.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DISABLE_MULTIPLE_FILEUPLOAD&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable users to upload multiple files at once.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DISABLE_TRUNC&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable all truncings in select list. ► (v7.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DISABLEDRAFTSTATUS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable the status &amp;quot;Draft&amp;quot; for some objects (project, donation, ...) so the object is directly created with status &amp;quot;Validated&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DOC_USE_OBJECT_THIRDPARTY_NAME&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add name of thirdparty at begin of generated document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DOC_USE_TIMING&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add a timestamp at end of generated document. Value must be format of timestamp. For example: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;%Y%m%d%H%M&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (only for ODT files)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DOC_UPLOAD_NOT_RENAME_BY_DEFAULT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable the auto renaming on upload file ► (v10.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DOL_SCRIPTS_ROOT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Define directory who contains &#039;scripts&#039; directory (e.g. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/var/www/dolibarr&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;). Value of this variable may be requested by some external script or tools.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_ENABLE_LOG_TO_HTML&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If this constant is defined, it is possible to have logs inside pages by adding the parameter &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;amp;logtohtml=1&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; into URL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_ENABLE_IMPORT_LINKED_OBJECT_LINES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allow to import lines into current document from &amp;quot;linked&amp;quot; compatible documents ► (v8.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_FIRST_TO_UPPER&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Dolibarr add uppercase to Third Parties, contacts or members names if not done. Warning: with some languages (whose words with uppercase are not same words, or pagecode does not always have an uppercase, like Cyrillic languages), this feature may alter your data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_ALL_TO_UPPER&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Dolibarr puts uppercase for Third Parties, contacts or members names if not done. Warning, with some languages (whose words with uppercase are not same words, or pagecode does not always have an uppercase, like Cyrillic languages), this feature may alter your data. ► (v11.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_ALL_TOWN_TO_UPPER&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Dolibarr puts uppercase for town names if not done. ► (v13.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_FILESYSTEM_ENCODING&#039;&#039;&#039; ► With some PHP versions, PHP is not able to detect the page code for filesystem of the server OS. To solve this, Dolibarr assumes your OS filesystem is &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;UTF-8&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; if on Linux or OSX system, and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;ISO-8859-1&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; if on Windows. If not, for example on a Windows server with a NTFS &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;UTF-8&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; pagecode, you can set the variable &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;MAIN_FILESYSTEM_ENCODING&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;utf-8&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_FORCELANGDIR&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Relative path of the directory holding your custom &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;langs&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_HTML_TITLE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Can be used to control how the html page title is formatted. If value contains key &#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;noapp&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039;, application name will not be output. If value contains &#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;thirdpartynameonly&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039;, on tab for thirdparties, only name of thirdparties are output. Value can be list of tags: &#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;noapp;thirdpartynameonly&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_HELPCENTER_LINKTOUSE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Define the URL link to use as the target page for link &amp;quot;I need help&amp;quot; onto logon page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_LOGOUT_GOTO_URL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► URL to which the user will be redirected after LOGOUT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAXTABS_IN_CARD&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Maximum number of tabs visible. Others are grouped into a combo list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAXLIST_OVERLOAD&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Maximum number of line in space&#039;s domain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MIN_NB_ENABLED_MODULE_FOR_WARNING&#039;&#039;&#039; ► A warning saying setup of modules is not complete is shown if the number of enabled modules is lower or equal than this value (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; if not defined)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_NO_CONCAT_DESCRIPTION&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allow to use only input custom description in lines (proposal, order, invoice) ► (v10.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_OPTIMIZE_SPEED&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Use some speed enhancements. See page [[FAQ Increase Performance]] for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PROPAGATE_CONTACTS_FROM_ORIGIN&#039;&#039;&#039; ► When creating an order, contract, invoice from another object, specific contacts of objects are set as specific contact of the new object when possible. ► (v4.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PUBLIC_NOTE_IN_ADDRESS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show public note in address block ► (v4.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_REMOVE_INSTALL_WARNING&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Remove all security warnings that appear to administrator users if URL &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/install&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is public. You should solve the problem if warning occurs, instead of removing the warning! For this, create a file called &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;install.lock&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; into Dolibarr root directory. This will stop the warning but also make the page &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/install&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; not possible to use, to protect your installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_REPEATCONTACTONEACHTAB&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If added and set to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, this adds contacts on all tabs, not only main tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_REPLACE_TRANS_xx_XX&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Where &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;xx_XX&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is language code. If value is &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;string1:newstring1;string2:newstring2&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; then replace &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;string1&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;newstring1&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; in all translation done for language &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;xx_XX&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_ROUNDOFTOTAL_NOT_TOTALOFROUND&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Change way of rounding total TTC lines, rounding first of after.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_SERVER_TZ&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If you can&#039;t set the time zone of your PHP installation, set this constant. Better is to set it to UTC. In future, this constant will be forced to &#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;UTC&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039; so PHP server time zone will not have effect any more. Examples: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Europe/Paris&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;auto&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_SEARCH_FORM_ON_HOME_AREAS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show the search form on home page areas for core modules (Removed after v5 due to global search combo) ► (v6.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_SEARCHFORM_SUPPLIER_INVOICE_DISABLED&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable the supplier invoice on the search form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_SEARCH_DIRECT_OPEN_IF_ONLY_ONE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If only one result is found, then setting this value to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will take you direct to the item (default method).  Setting the value to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will show the result in the list as a single result ► (v5.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_SERVICES_ARE_ECOMMERCE_200238EC&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If seller and buyer are in Europe and buyer is not a company, use the VAT of buying country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_SHOW_TUNING_INFO&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add tuning information into JavaScript console. Better when xdebug is enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_SHOW_TECHNICAL_ID&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show also technical IDs on elements cards or some lists (not supported everywhere).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_SHOWDATABASENAMEINHELPPAGESLINK&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show database name in upper help menu ► (v8.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_USE_ALTERNATE_TRANSLATION_FOR&#039;&#039;&#039; ► List of fields per object that need an alternate translation. Example: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;MAIN_USE_ALTERNATE_TRANSLATION_FOR=societe:name,town;contact:firstname,lastname&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_USE_HOURMIN_IN_DATE_RANGE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► On all entities lines (invoice, order, contract...), it is possible to add hour and minutes with date on fields &amp;quot;date start&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;date end&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_USE_JQUERY_JEDITABLE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allow to update from screen, directly into database, some properties of elements (invoices, proposals, ...) using Ajax. This make response time faster, but avoid using this feature, because it bypasses some business actions (updates on other data that should be done consistently) and ignores business controls on data you saved. Consequently this feature breaks consistency of data and possibly the stability of the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_USE_JQUERY_MULTISELECT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allow to use Ajax when a choice that require multiselect is used (for the moment only external modules uses select box with multiselect values). Set the value to the jQuery plugin name to use (multiselect, multiple-select, select2…). Setting it to any other value will result in unwanted side-effects and/or bugs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_USE_OLD_SEARCH_FORM&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Display the old search form in left menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_VAT_DEFAULT_IF_AUTODETECT_FAILS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allow to force the VAT rate to a given value (instead of higher VAT rate of country) if the VAT rate of product was not defined.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_UNKNOWN_CUSTOMERS_ARE_COMPANIES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If we can&#039;t guess if a thirdparty is a company or individual (not VAT ID fill, no Prof ID fill, no type of thirdparty fill), then we suppose it is a company (B2B business) instead of an individual (B2C business).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_USE_VAT_COMPANIES_IN_EEC_WITH_INVALID_VAT_ID_ARE_INDIVIDUAL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► For intra CEE sales, we use by default, on proposal, order or invoice creation, a 0 VAT for customers that are companies (see MAIN_UNKNOWN_CUSTOMERS_ARE_COMPANIES to change behaviour to know if a thirdparty is a company or an individual). But if the option MAIN_USE_VAT_COMPANIES_IN_EEC_WITH_INVALID_VAT_ID_ARE_INDIVIDUAL is set, we will use the 0 VAT only if a VAT ID is defined for the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_USE_VAT_OF_PRODUCT_FOR_INDIVIDUAL_CUSTOMER_OUT_OF_EEC&#039;&#039;&#039; ► For to use the default VAT of product for individual customers that are out E.E.C. (European Economic Community) ► (v7.0+). &#039;&#039;There is no reason to use this.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_VIEW_LINE_NUMBER&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Shows a line number for each line of products/services at documents like proposal / order / invoice. Only on screen, not on PDF.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_VIEW_LINE_NUMBER_IN_LIST&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Shows a line number in lists ► (v12.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_VOLUME_DEFAULT_ROUND&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Accuracy of volume (number of decimals)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_VOLUME_DEFAULT_UNIT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Default unit for weight (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;0=kg&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;-3=g&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, ...)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_WEIGHT_DEFAULT_ROUND&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Accuracy of weight (number of decimals)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_WEIGHT_DEFAULT_UNIT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Default unit for weight (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;0=kg&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;-3=g&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, ...)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;USER_HIDE_INACTIVE_IN_COMBOBOX&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable display inactive users in combobox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DISABLE_PDF_THUMBS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable thumbs PDF in case of imagick bug&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_KEEP_REF_CUSTOMER_ON_CLONING&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Keep the Customer Reference on cloned object (Propal/Invoice)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DONT_KEEP_NOTE_ON_CLONING&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Remove the object notes during cloning ► (v11.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DOC_SORT_FIELD&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set the default sorting field on document page (name by default) ► (v11.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DOC_SORT_ORDER&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set the default sorting order (ASC or DESC) on document page (ASC by default) ► (v11.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_USE_ZIPTOWN_DICTIONNARY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Use dictionary ZIP for create card.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_USE_TOP_MENU_SEARCH_DROPDOWN&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show search in top menu with theme eldy ► (v11.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PHONE_SEPAR&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Separ phone number other space ► (v12.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;GRAPH_USE_FISCAL_YEAR&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Widgets uses fiscal year&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SHOW_SOCINFO_ON_PRINT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Permit to add user company information on each printed document (when click on Dolibarr print button) ► (v12.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_FEATURES_LEVEL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Level of features to show: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;-1=stable+deprecated&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;0=stable only (default)&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;1=stable+experimental&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;2=stable+experimental+development&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_SHOW_TECHNICAL_ID&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show technical id for object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_HTTP_CONTENT_SECURITY_POLICY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allows you to fill in the content security rules ► (v6.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SOCIETE_ON_SEARCH_AND_LIST_GO_ON_CUSTOMER_OR_SUPPLIER_CARD&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allow to change the link of the third party to customer/supplier card instead of contact card on List.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MODULE_SETUP_ON_LIST_BY_DEFAULT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If set to &amp;quot;common&amp;quot; the setup module becomes list by defaut&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PAGESIZE_CHOICES&#039;&#039;&#039;  ► Configure select field to choose number of lines displayed on listing (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;10:10,15:15,20:20,30:30,40:40,50:50,100:100,250:250,500:500,1000:1000,5000:5000&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_USE_TOP_MENU_QUICKADD_DROPDOWN&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add a dropdown menu with shortcuts to create new objects ► (v13.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_EMAILCOLLECTOR_MAIL_WITHOUT_HEADER&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Remove the header stored by email collector ► (v13.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_USE_VAT_OF_PRODUCT_FOR_COMPANIES_IN_EEC_WITH_INVALID_VAT_ID&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_OPTIMIZEFORTEXTBROWSER&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Optimise interface for a text only browser. This variable is set to 1 automatically if your browser is lynx or links&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_NB_OF_YEAR_IN_WIDGET_GRAPH&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set the number of years visible on some graph of some widgets (2 is default value)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_CREATEFROM_KEEP_LINE_ORIGIN_INFORMATION&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;API_DISABLE_LOGIN_API&#039;&#039;&#039; ►(v14.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_LOGIN_BADCHARUNAUTHORIZED&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add possibility to define bad character unauthorized into login name REGEX expression (Default value is @&amp;lt;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;\&#039;)  ► (v16.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_SHOW_ALL_FILES_ON_DOCUMENT_TOOLTIP&#039;&#039;&#039;  ► Add all files visible from the object to be visible from the list of object.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_LIST_ALLOW_PUBLIC_NOTES&#039;&#039;&#039;  ► Display public notes on list&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_LIST_ALLOW_PRIVATE_NOTES&#039;&#039;&#039;  ► Display private notes on list&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_CHECKBOX_LEFT_COLUMN&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Display private check boxes on the left ► (v17.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_STATS_GRAPHS_SHOW_N_YEARS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Nb of years to shows in widget and graph ► (v14.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_HOOK_DEBUG&#039;&#039;&#039; ► if &amp;gt;=2 the hook in the logs are more verbose ► (v18.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_ENABLE_AJAX_TOOLTIP&#039;&#039;&#039; ► if 1 the tooltips are updated with AJAX request ► (v18.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_NO_INPUT_PRICE_WITH_TAX&#039;&#039;&#039; ► if 1 the TTC input field is removed from propal/invoices/... ► (v17.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DISABLE_SELECT2_FOCUS_PROTECTION&#039;&#039;&#039; ► if 1 disable the focus protection ► (v17.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_USE_ADVANCED_PERMS ►&#039;&#039;&#039; Add advanced user permission&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Security Options=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_SECURITY_ANTI_SSRF_SERVER_IP&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Can set a complete list of IPs of server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_SECURITY_CSRF_WITH_TOKEN&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Activate a second anti-CSRF protection on POST (so a POST from another web site can&#039;t be done). Note there is already a default protection using test on referrer. This second protection uses TOKEN on forms and is more powerful. ► (v5.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MODULES_FOR_EXTERNAL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Limit available modules for external users. By default value is &#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;facture,commande,contact,propal,projet,contrat,societe,ficheinter,expedition,agenda&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_ALLOW_SVG_FILES_AS_IMAGES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allow to use SVG file as image files. Warning: This may introduce security vulnerability (javascript can be embedded into SVG file).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_RESTRICTHTML_ONLY_VALID_HTML&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Refused parameter if value is not a valid HTML content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_RESTRICTHTML_REMOVE_ALSO_BAD_ATTRIBUTES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Sanitize also non standard attributes on HTML content.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_SECURITY_SALT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► A salt string to base the hashing on. 8 strings length recommended.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_SECURITY_MAX_IMG_IN_HTML_CONTENT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Maximum number of Images on the HTML content&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Adherent Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MEMBER_NEWFORM_FORCEMORPHY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Force nature of member set to &amp;quot;phy&amp;quot; for physical or to &amp;quot;mor&amp;quot; for moral ► (v12.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MEMBER_ALLOW_CHANGE_OF_TYPE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Member can edit their type on public subscription page ► (v13.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;ADHERENT_DEFAULT_CREATE_THIRDPARTY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Thirdparty is created when creating a new member ► (v13.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MEMBER_SUBSCRIPTION_SUGGEST_END_OF_MONTH&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If set to 1, the member subscription end date will be suggested for the end of the month ► (v18.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MEMBER_SUBSCRIPTION_SUGGEST_END_OF_YEAR&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If set to 1, the member subscription end date will be suggested for the end of the year ► (v18.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_NB_OF_YEAR_IN_MEMBERSHIP_WIDGET_GRAPH&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If set, it limits the number of years visible on graph and widgets of membership (empty is default value to show all) ► (v18.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Accountancy Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;ACCOUNTANCY_COMBO_FOR_AUX&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add graphic option for ACCOUNTANCY_COMBO_FOR_AUX. Having this option on may slow down and even freeze the accounting features if you have a very large number of thirdparties ► (v10.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;ACCOUNTING_DEFAULT_NOT_NOTIFIED_VALIDATION_DATE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Avoid validating the lines with the accountancy export.(1= box unchecked by default / 0 = box checked by default) ► (v14.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;ACCOUNTING_DEFAULT_NOT_NOTIFIED_EXPORT_DATE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Avoid flagging the lines as exported with the accountancy export.(1= box unchecked by default / 0 = box checked by default) ► (v14.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Agenda Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;AGENDA_ALL_CALENDARS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Change the default view of calendar pages to see all the Agenda&#039;s (instead or yours only be default)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;AGENDA_AUTOSET_END_DATE_WITH_DELTA_HOURS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► To automatically set end date of event to start date + delta on event creation page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;AGENDA_DISABLE_LOCATION&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable location field in action card  ► (&amp;gt;=v5.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;AGENDA_MAX_EVENTS_DAY_VIEW&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Define the maximum number of visible entries for each day in agenda. Default value is 3. Value 0 means no limit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;AGENDA_USE_EVENT_TYPE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add a mandatory field &amp;quot;Type&amp;quot; when creating an event (&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;deprecated&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_ADD_EVENT_ON_ELEMENT_CARD&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allow to create an event from a document (proposal, order, invoice)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;AGENDA_SUPPORT_PRIORITY_IN_EVENTS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allow to have priorities in events ► (&amp;gt;=v13.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;AGENDA_ADDACTIONFORPHONE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allow you to create a event from phone number ► (=&amp;lt;v12.0) - Need to be fix for (=&amp;gt;v12.0) https://github.com/Dolibarr/dolibarr/issues/22720&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;AGENDA_ADDACTIONFOREMAIL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allow you to create a event from Email ► (=&amp;lt;v12.0) - Need to be fix for (=&amp;gt;v12.0) https://github.com/Dolibarr/dolibarr/issues/22720&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=Bank Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;BANK_CAN_RECONCILIATE_CASHACCOUNT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Can reconciliate cash accounts ► (v3.8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;BANK_DISABLE_CHECK_DEPOSIT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable check deposit feature&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;BANK_ASK_PAYMENT_BANK_DURING_ORDER&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Ask bank account during creation of an order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;BANK_ASK_PAYMENT_BANK_DURING_PROPOSAL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Ask bank account during creation of a proposal&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;BANK_USE_OLD_VARIOUS_PAYMENT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► To allow to enter miscellaneous payments (not covered by other modules) using old method. &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Deprecated&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. Entering various payment is preferred ► (&amp;lt;=v12.0).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_IBAN_IS_NEVER_MANDATORY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► IBAN and BIC informations not mandatory. (V15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=BOM and MO Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;ALLOW_USE_KITS_INTO_BOM_AND_MO&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;BOM_SUB_BOM&#039;&#039;&#039; ►Allow to add a BOM in another BOM►(v16.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Bookmarks Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;BOOKMARKS_SHOW_IN_MENU&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Numbers of bookmark entries to be displayed (10 by default)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Inalterable Log Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;BLOCKEDLOG_ADD_ACTIONS_SUPPORTED&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Can complete list of triggered action that are logged&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Category-Tags Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CATEGORY_SHOW_COUNTS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Shows nb of object by tags in tag tree&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contracts=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CONTRACT_SUPPORT_PRODUCTS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Products are also suggested into module contract.&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CONTRACT_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD&#039;&#039;&#039; ► When a PDF is generated, a share key is automatically set so the file can be downloaded using the share key. ► (v7.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CONTRACT_HIDE_PLANNED_DATE_ON_PDF&#039;&#039;&#039; ► allows you to not display dates on pdf files.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CONTRACT_HIDE_REAL_DATE_ON_PDF&#039;&#039;&#039; ► allows you to not display dates on pdf files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Cron module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CRON_DISABLE_KEY_CHANGE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► When you provide an instance to a customer, you probably also add an entry in the cron of this user so Dolibarr batch and scheduler can work correctly. For security purpose, it may have a security key that is inside the command line into the cron entry and this entry must match the value defined into Dolibarr setup (setup of module &#039;Scheduled Jobs&#039;). Because, a customer of a Saas platform will probably have no access to edit the cron file, it is also import that he has no way to edit the key into the Dolibarr setup, so the key in the cron command line will always match the key in Dolibarr setup, and the Dolibarr batches will executed without security errors. To be sure, the customer does not change the value, you can set this constant to 1 into the table [[Table_llx_const]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CRON_DISABLE_TUTORIAL_CRON&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable the tutorial about how to install the cron script (on a SaaS hosting, this should be done by the web hosting provider)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CRON_WARNING_DELAY_HOURS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set this value to the frequency set for the cron script (so a warning will be shown to user to warn it about max frequency of its scheduled jobs)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Direct Debit Orders=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;WITHDRAWAL_ALLOW_ANY_INVOICE_STATUS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If this option is set, all invoices status (even already paid) may appear on the list of invoices qualified for a direct debit payment. This is the list of invoices with a payment request done, and not linked to a direct debit payment. By default, only &amp;quot;unpayed&amp;quot; invoices are used to avoid to pay twice the same invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Donation Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;DONATION_USE_THIRDPARTIES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If this option is set, a thirdparty field appear on donation forms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=Email=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAILFORM_DISABLE_ENTERKEY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Activate JavaScript code to disable the enter key in the MAIL form. ► (&amp;gt;= 8.0.1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIL_PREFIX_FOR_EMAIL_ID&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Prefix for the mails ID. Default value is &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;$_SERVER[&amp;quot;SERVER_NAME&amp;quot;]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; ► (&amp;gt;= 8.0.1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAIL_DEBUG&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Write content with header of last mail into file &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;dolibarr_mail.log&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; into directory &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;dolibarr_main_data_root&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAIL_DEBUG_ERR_WITH_DATE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Use a different filename (by adding a prefix of date) for each email sent with error when MAIN_MAIL_DEBUG.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAIL_DEBUG_LOG_WITH_DATE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Use a different filename (by adding a prefix of date) to log each email sent (whatever is result) when MAIN_MAIL_DEBUG.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAIL_FORCE_FROM&#039;&#039;&#039; ► (v19+) Can force the value into the From field of the SMTP header. Note that email sender is always saved into the &amp;quot;Reply-To&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAIL_ALLOW_SENDMAIL_F&#039;&#039;&#039; ► On Linux or BSD system, PHP email function use the command sendmail local to server. In some cases, the sender email must be provided on command line of sendmail with option &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;-f&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. This option is here to ask Dolibarr to call the function mail of PHP by adding value for the option &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;-f&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. Note that in most cases, even with sendmail, sender email is correctly managed as it is added in the email technical header. This option is here only for setup or version of sendmail that ask the -f option to be mandatory or for sendmail setup that does not use by default the From of the header email to define the sender (with this option, the from can be forced on command line to avoid to have the from lost by sendmail).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAIL_SENDMAIL_FORCE_BA&#039;&#039;&#039; ► On Linux or BSD system, PHP email function use the command sendmail local to server. In some case, we want to recipient to be provided to sendmail into the email content instead of its command line parameter. For this we must add the -ba parameter to sendmail. This option asks PHP to provide this parameter when sending a mail. Note that another solution is to edit the mail.force_extra_parameters=-ba into &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;php.ini&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAIL_NO_FULL_EMAIL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Recipient email and sender are cleaned to be on form &amp;quot;&amp;lt;email&amp;gt;&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;Name &amp;lt;email&amp;gt;&amp;quot;. This might solve problem of compatibility with very old mailers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_FIX_FOR_BUGGED_MTA&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Some MTA agent are bugged and add some CR chars each time they saw a LF. Because Dolibarr emails are forged to be already cleaned, if MTA agent do that, you will send an email with two CR chars. This may result in having recipient not able to read your email. To fix this, add this constant to 1. Dolibarr will then create an email that is not RFC compliant but because the MTA agent is bugged, the email will be modified and become correct during sending, solving the problem of bad email received. Add this constant if your recipient experience problems when opening email for example users using webmail of &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;orange.fr&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; or &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;hotmail.com&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAIL_DO_NOT_USE_SIGN&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Do not add user signature at end of suggested pre-defined email&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAIL_FORCE_NOT_SENDING_TO&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If en email is defined into this variable, emails will never be sent to this email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIL_FORCE_DELIVERY_RECEIPT_INVOICE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set default as &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; on requesting delivery receipt when sending email through the &#039;&#039;Customer Invoice&#039;&#039; module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIL_FORCE_DELIVERY_RECEIPT_ORDER&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set default as &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; on requesting delivery receipt when sending email through the &#039;&#039;Customer Order&#039;&#039; module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIL_FORCE_DELIVERY_RECEIPT_PROPAL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set default as &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; on requesting delivery receipt when sending email through the &#039;&#039;Customer Proposal&#039;&#039; module.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIL_FORCE_DELIVERY_RECEIPT_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set default as &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; on requesting delivery receipt when sending email through the &#039;&#039;Supplier Proposal&#039;&#039; module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_EMAIL_SUPPORT_ACK ►&#039;&#039;&#039; Restore email acknowledgment checkbox on sending emails. This feature is commonly abandoned by mailers. Active from Dolibarr V17 - see [https://github.com/Dolibarr/dolibarr/blob/33744f74da1a5c20f8aa9950018ab4e549e00205/ChangeLog#L53 changelog]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_EMAIL_USECCC&#039;&#039;&#039; ► 1 = Shows field BCC into email forms, If value is an email = Shows the BCC pre filled with the email value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAIL_AUTOCOPY_PROPOSAL_TO&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAIL_AUTOCOPY_ORDER_TO&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAIL_AUTOCOPY_INVOICE_TO&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAIL_AUTOCOPY_SHIPMENT_TO&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAIL_AUTOCOPY_..._TO&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Email to use as a BCC recipient when sending email for proposal, order or invoice. You can make this value visible by setting MAIN_EMAIL_USECCC (to 1 or to another email, see previous point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_EMAIL_ADD_TRACK_ID&#039;&#039;&#039; ► When value is 1 (this is also default value if option is not set): The record &amp;quot;Message-id&amp;quot; added into smtp header includes a tracking id to define where the email was sent from. When value is 2: you send an email from third party card, the sender email is completed with the email source tracking string  &amp;quot;+thiXXX&amp;quot; on email (your email will be sent with the &amp;quot;From&amp;quot; that is myname+thi123@mycompany.com). So when user receiving email will make &amp;quot;Answer&amp;quot;, email will be sent to myname@mycompany.com but with the tracking id included (into header or into target email), allowing you to know to which third party or object, the email exchange is related to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_IN_SAME_EMAIL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Restrict sending of 1 email message to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; recipients for same email message (x for To: + CC: + BCC:). If not defined, value is &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;10&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. Required to fight against spamming that include 1000 recipients in 1 message. Note that &#039;&#039;&#039;MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_TO_IN_SAME_EMAIL&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_CC_IN_SAME_EMAIL&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_BCC_IN_SAME_EMAIL&#039;&#039;&#039; are also available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAIL_FORCE_CONTENT_TYPE_TO_HTML&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Force to send all email (event with text only content) as HTML formatted email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAIL_USE_MULTI_PART&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Forge email content using an alternate text part ► (for 5.0.2+). By default with 6.0+&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_INFO_SOCIETE_MAIL_ALIASES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► add address aliases for the from field on mail. Set his value with &amp;quot;Firstname Name &amp;lt;firstname.lastname@mydomain.tld, Otherfirstname OtherlastName &amp;lt;othermail@mydomain.tld&amp;gt;,...&amp;quot; ► (v5.0.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAIL_ADD_INLINE_IMAGES_IF_IN_MEDIAS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If images were stored into the medias directory from CKEditor, then images into emails are replaced with &amp;quot;inline content&amp;quot;. This may increase seriously risk of being detected as SPAM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_COPY_FILE_IN_EVENT_AUTO&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add attachment document on event auto generated by sending email from dolibarr. ► (v6.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_EXTERNAL_SMTP_CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► (A better name of this option should be MAIN_EXTERNAL_MAIL_CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS). Set here the list of IPs where your Dolibarr instances are hosted. So when your customer go into the setup area of email:&lt;br /&gt;
**If he chose mail method, a message will explain him how to setup its SPF record for its email domain (showing the list of IP). This is to avoid to have its emails, sent from its Dolibarr instance, fails due to strict antispam rule of some emailing servers.&lt;br /&gt;
**If he chose smtp method, a message will explain him the list of IP he can use if there is restriction on IP by the SMTP agent. If you also need to add a message to help SPF setup, see option &#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_EXTERNAL_SMTP_SPF_STRING_TO_ADD&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAIL_ENABLED_USER_DEST_SELECT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show also internal users into list of recipients of email in email sending form ► (v8.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=SMS= &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_SMS_DEBUG&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Write content of SMS sent into file &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;dolibarr_sms.log&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; into directory &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;dolibarr_main_data_root&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Emailing Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAILING_PREFIX_FOR_EMAIL_ID&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set the value that will be used to compose the &amp;quot;Email ID&amp;quot; into email headers. If you set this value to &#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;SERVER_NAME&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039;, the virtual host of web server will be used. By default, this is not defined, so a hash key, unique to each instance, is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAILING_NO_USING_PHPMAIL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If set, the module emailing can&#039;t be used with mail setup of &amp;quot;phpmail&amp;quot;. Using a thirdparty SMTP server is required. You can complete warning message by adding an email to contact for setup help with constant &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;MAILING_SMTP_SETUP_EMAILS_FOR_QUESTIONS&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAILING_SMTP_SETUP_EMAILS_FOR_QUESTIONS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Contains the email of contact to show into the message visible to a user when he try to use emailing module without SMTP server and if option &#039;&#039;&#039;MAILING_NO_USING_PHPMAIL&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAILING_LIMIT_WARNING_PHPMAIL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show a warning message (var contains the &#039;&#039;&#039;message to show&#039;&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;&#039;translation key&#039;&#039;&#039;) on emailing send form if setup is on &amp;quot;phpmail&amp;quot;. Note: The application always try to translation the message considering the message is a translation key, before showing the translation or message if translation was not found.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAILING_LIMIT_WARNING_NOPHPMAIL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show a warning message (var contains the &#039;&#039;&#039;message to show&#039;&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;&#039;translation key&#039;&#039;&#039;) on emailing send form if setup is something else than &amp;quot;phpmail&amp;quot;. Note: The application always try to translation the message considering the message is a translation key, before showing the translation or message if translation was not found.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;EMAILING_USE_ADVANCED_SELECTOR&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Enable the advanced selector for recipients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAILING_LIMIT_SENDBYWEB&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Restrict number of emails you can send in same sending session with emailing module from GUI. The value &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;dolibarr_mailing_limit_sendbyweb&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot; if defined into config file is used in priority for this limit. A negative value means, sending by web is forbidden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAILING_LIMIT_SENDBYCLI&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Restrict number of emails you can send in same sending session with emailing module from CLI script. The value &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;dolibarr_mailing_limit_sendbycli&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot; if defined into config file is used in priority for this limit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Expense Report=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;EXPENSEREPORT_ALLOW_OVERLAPPING_PERIODS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Can enter several expense reports on same or overlapping date periods. ► (v7.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;EXPENSEREPORT_OVERRIDE_VAT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Setting this constant to 1 will allow expense reports to show VAT even if the global VAT setting is off ► (v10.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;EXPENSEREPORT_USE_OLD_NUMBERING_RULE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► The module Expense Report use numbering rules that you can setup (like other modules do). If you need to keep the hard-coded numbering rule of expenses report used in v6.0 set this constant to 1 ► (&amp;gt;=v7.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_USE_EXPENSE_IK&#039;&#039;&#039; ► This feature allows you to set index kilometres against a mileage index for different types of vehicles. ► (v7.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_USE_EXPENSE_RULE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► This feature allows you to set a variety of rules per user/group/all so they can only create reports within their limits. ► (v7.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Export Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;EXPORT_CSV_SEPARATOR_TO_USE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► String value to use as default separator to delimit fields of exported files (by default Dolibarr uses &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;,&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot;). Example: EXPORT_CSV_SEPARATOR_TO_USE=&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;EXPORT_CSV_FORCE_CHARSET&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Choose the charset used in the output file built by the CSV exporter. By default it is ISO-8859-1. Example: EXPORT_CSV_FORCE_CHARSET= &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;utf-8&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;EXPORTTOOL_CATEGORIES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Can export categories (several lines) into one column with the &amp;quot;product export profile&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;USE_STRICT_CSV_RULES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Use strict/real CSV format for export. Do not clean/replace CR+LF with &#039;\n&#039; but quote them using the escaping CSV char (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;EXPORTS_SHARE_MODELS&#039;&#039;&#039;  ► Share export models between users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Foundation Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MEMBER_URL_REDIRECT_SUBSCRIPTION&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Link called and shown when a member account is autocreated in member module by a guest user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MEMBER_EXT_URL_SUBSCRIPTION_INFO&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Link of external page pointed by the &amp;quot;Show here&amp;quot; link added in front of payment cell, into the page to make online subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Interventions Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;FICHINTER_CLASSIFY_BILLED&#039;&#039;&#039;► Allow to classify an intervention card as &amp;quot;Billed&amp;quot;. This add also trigger &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;FICHINTER_CLASSIFY_BILLED&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; into list of possible automatic event into agenda.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;FICHINTER_DISABLE_DETAILS&#039;&#039;&#039;► Disable entry of details line on intervention. Can validate with no line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Invoice Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DEPOSIT_MULTI_TVA&#039;&#039;&#039; ► In deposits invoice, creates one line per VAT rate from the origin document ► (6.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_ALLOW_REUSE_OF_CREDIT_WHEN_PARTIALLY_REFUNDED&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If a credit note was partially refunded (a refund was sent to the customer), with common situation, we wait to have the remain refunded too. With this option, it is possible to convert the remain of invoice into a discount to reuse it into another invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SUPPLIER_INVOICE_ALLOW_REUSE_OF_CREDIT_WHEN_PARTIALLY_REFUNDED&#039;&#039;&#039; ► See INVOICE_ALLOW_REUSE_OF_CREDIT_WHEN_PARTIALLY_REFUNDED, but for supplier credit notes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_CAN_ALWAYS_BE_EDITED&#039;&#039;&#039; changed in version 15 or 16 to &#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_CAN_BE_EDITED_EVEN_IF_PAYMENT_DONE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allow to edit invoices even if payment was started. Note: If the module &amp;quot;BlockedLog&amp;quot; is active (required in some countries for legal reasons), this will not change content of archived logs tracked by this module. By definition there is no way to change or remove archived records. It will just update data in your application and a new record to track your change into the read-only archive log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_CAN_ALWAYS_BE_REMOVED&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allow to always delete invoices (even if invoice is not last one). Note: If the module &amp;quot;BlockedLog&amp;quot; is active (required by some countries for legal reason), this will not change content of archived logs tracked by this module. By definition there is no way to change or remove archived records. It will just update data in your application and a new record to track your change into the read-only archive log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_CAN_NEVER_BE_REMOVED&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Never allow to delete invoices (except draft invoices with ref like (PROV%)).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_POSITIVE_CREDIT_NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► All amounts on PDF credit notes are positive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;FACTURE_DEPOSITS_ARE_JUST_PAYMENTS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► An old way to create initial payment. This treats deposit invoices as a special case and not as legal deposit invoice. Deposit invoices don&#039;t get counted on turnover. They are then applied as a payment, like a discount, on the final invoice. By default, when you include the deposit into draft of final invoice, the amount of final invoice is reduced. With this option, final amount is not reduced but a payment is registered. WARNING: In a lot of european countries, using this option is not allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;FACTURE_SENDBYEMAIL_FOR_ALL_STATUS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Can send invoice by email to customer even if invoice has status &amp;quot;draft&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_CREDIT_NOTE_STANDALONE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Start implementation to allow a credit note even without invoice (dangerous) ► (v3.9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_USE_SITUATION&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Enable the &amp;quot;situation invoice&amp;quot; feature. Warning, this feature is bugged and may not be compatible with the final version of the feature once the bug will be solved. Also, using the double-entry accountancy module is not possible when this option is on (due to the same design problem).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_USE_SITUATION_CREDIT_NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Enable the &amp;quot;situation credit note&amp;quot; feature (need &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;INVOICE_USE_SITUATION&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) ► (v8.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_USE_RETAINED_WARRANTY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Enable the retained warranty on invoice ► (v14.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_DISABLE_DEPOSIT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable deposit invoices&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_DISABLE_REPLACEMENT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable replacement invoices&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_DISABLE_CREDIT_NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable credit notes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_ADD_ZATCA_QR_CODE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add a QR code with format ZATCA (for Saudi Arabia) on PDF of invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;bdi&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_ADD_EXTRAFIELD_IN_NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add extrafields in note for canelle template ► (v17.0+)&amp;lt;/bdi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_DEFAULT_NOTE_PUBLIC&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;bdi&amp;gt;► Default text in public note&amp;lt;/bdi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: To decode a QR image of a ZATCA code: https://www.onlinebarcodereader.com/. You can also use the mobile application https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.posbankbh.einvoiceqrreader&amp;amp;gl=FR&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_GENERATE_DOCUMENTS_WITHOUT_VAT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► See PDF option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_GENERATE_DOCUMENTS_WITHOUT_VAT_COLUMN&#039;&#039;&#039; ► See PDF options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;WORKFLOW_BILL_ON_SHIPMENT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Change label of button with suitable label when you need to create invoice on shipments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD&#039;&#039;&#039; ► When a PDF is generated, a share key is automatically set so the file can be downloaded using the share key. Use the tag __DIRECTDOWNLOAD_URL_INVOICE__ in email template to insert it. ► (v7.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_POINTOFTAX_DATE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add Point of Tax Date on invoices for country-specific legality reasons ► (v4.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;FACTURE_ENABLE_NEGATIVE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Can validate an invoice when amount is negative&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;FACTURE_ENABLE_NEGATIVE_LINES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allows to add negative lines to an invoice ► (v8.0.2+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_USE_DEFAULT_DOCUMENT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allow user to select a default invoice documents models according to invoice type. On invoice create page, the model is dynamically changed on invoice type selection. ► (v9.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;FACTURE_REUSE_NOTES_ON_CREATE_FROM&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Reuse the Public Note and Private note of the previous object (Proposal,...) when creating the bill.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;FACTUREFOURN_REUSE_NOTES_ON_CREATE_FROM&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Reuse the Public Note and Private note of the previous object when creating the supplier bill ► (V13.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_SHOW_FACNUMBER_IN_DISCOUNT_LIST&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Display the reference of credit notes in discount list when creating the bill.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_ALLOW_FREE_REF&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Capability to change reference of an invoice. This will be possible as long as the invoice has the status “Draft” and only if your country is not in Europe(V11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_DISALLOW_REOPEN&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_MAX_FUTURE_DELAY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Numbers of seconds allowed for billing in the future ► (V14.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_AUTO_NEXT_MONTH_ON_LINES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Increase start date and end date by one month, if an invoice line is a clone of a time based service AND if this services started on the first day of month and ended on the last day of month ► (V13.0.1)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_KEEP_DISCOUNT_LINES_AS_IN_ORIGIN&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Does not change a line with a negative price into an absolute discount when creating an invoice ► (V16 ?)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICEREC_SET_AUTOFILL_DATE_START&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICEREC_SET_AUTOFILL_DATE_END ►&#039;&#039;&#039; Set start and end date to yes for lines of template invoice when created from a draft invoice ► (V16)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_REC_DATE_TO_YES&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;►&#039;&#039;&#039; Set start and end date to yes by default in add line form for template invoice ► (V16)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_SUBTYPE_ENABLED&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Extends Dolibarr standard invoice with more invoice types used in some countries. A combo box in the new invoice creation card allows the selection of &amp;quot;subtypes&amp;quot; with values from dictionary &amp;quot;Invoice Subtypes&amp;quot; ► (v19.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Leave=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_NON_WORKING_DAYS_INCLUDE_SATURDAY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set this value to 0 if you want to have the Saturday as a working day&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_NON_WORKING_DAYS_INCLUDE_SUNDAY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set this value to 0 if you want to have the Sunday as a working day&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Look or Theme=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_FAVICON_URL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► favicon url&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_EASTER_EGG_COMMITSTRIP&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show a comic image from the CommitStrip website. Images are refreshed daily. ► (v6.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_STATUS_USES_CSS&#039;&#039;&#039; ►  Change status design using new style ► (v10.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_INCLUDE_GLOBAL_STATS_IN_OPENED_DASHBOARD&#039;&#039;&#039; ► This conf will auto remove global stats box item if there are already in the new dashboard of opened elements and keep displayed stats on the opened item box (not only on mouse over) ► (v11.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_USE_TOP_MENU_SEARCH_DROPDOWN&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Actually only for eldy theme, this conf move search input  to top menu and use new design too ► (v11.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;THEME_AGRESSIVENESS_RATIO&#039;&#039;&#039; ► This conf can be used to increase/decrease aggressiveness of colors. Value 0 is medium, value is between -100 (light grey colors) to +100 (very flashy colors) ► (v11.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;THEME_SHOW_BORDER_ON_INPUT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DISABLE_GLOBAL_WORKBOARD&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Hide the work board of the main page ► (v13.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DISABLE_GLOBAL_BOXSTATS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Hide the Statistic Box of the main page&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;ALLOW_THEME_JS ►&#039;&#039;&#039; Allow JS file in theme folder (same name as theme folder)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Manifest (Progressive Web App)=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MANIFEST_APPLI_THEME_COLOR ►&#039;&#039;&#039; Theme color for manifest&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MANIFEST_APPLI_BG_COLOR ►&#039;&#039;&#039; Background color  for manifest&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MANIFEST_APPLI_LOGO_URL  ►&#039;&#039;&#039; Logo for manifest&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MANIFEST_APPLI_LOGO_URL_SIZE  ►&#039;&#039;&#039; Logo url size for app (150, 192, 512px) missing 3 configurations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Order Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_ORDERLIST_CREATEBILLS_ONEBYTHIRD&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allow defining value for option &amp;quot;one by thirdparty&amp;quot; in massaction create bills from orders list page (no by default, yes if set to &#039;yes&#039; or 1) ► (v20.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_USE_PROPAL_REFCLIENT_FOR_ORDER&#039;&#039;&#039; =&amp;gt; Copy customer reference from proposal to order. ► (v7.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;ORDER_REQUIRE_SOURCE&#039;&#039;&#039; =&amp;gt; Make the input field &amp;quot;Source of order&amp;quot; mandatory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;ORDER_VALID_AFTER_CLOSE_PROPAL&#039;&#039;&#039; =&amp;gt; When an order is created on a proposal close, the order is directly defined with status &amp;quot;Validated&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;ORDER_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD&#039;&#039;&#039; =&amp;gt; When a PDF is generated, a share key is automatically set so the file can be downloaded using the share key. ► (v7.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;ORDER_ENABLE_NEGATIVE&#039;&#039;&#039; =&amp;gt; Can validate an order when amount is negative&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;THIRDPARTY_PROPAGATE_EXTRAFIELDS_TO_ORDER&#039;&#039;&#039; =&amp;gt; Copy also extrafields from thirdparty to order (if name match). ► (v11.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=PDF Options=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_ADD_PDF_BACKGROUND&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Define this constant with short name of a PDF file (example &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;mypdf.pdf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot;) that must be saved into directory &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;documents/mycompany&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot;. This will add PDF as a background of some of your generated PDF files (proposals,invoices,orders). If you need to concat PDF, see instead [[Module Concat PDF]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DISABLE_FORCE_SAVEAS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If your browser always asks to save downloaded files on disk (like PDF), try this this option. File may be displayed directly in your browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DISABLE_PDF_AUTOUPDATE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable automatic generation of PDF each time we add/update/delete a product line (we can still build document by clicking on &amp;quot;Generate&amp;quot;). This option may increase interface speed on servers with low CPU.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DISABLE_PDF_COMPRESSION&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable PDF compression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DOCUMENTS_WITH_PICTURE_WIDTH&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Can change size of picture when hidden option &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is used. By default value is &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;20&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_GENERATE_DOCUMENTS_SHOW_FOOT_DETAILS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Adding the company address at the bottom of the page. Disabled by default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Include the first image of the product into the line of the generated PDF for customer proposals.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_GENERATE_ORDERS_WITH_PICTURE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Include the first image of the product into the line of the generated PDF for customer orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_GENERATE_INVOICES_WITH_PICTURE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Include the first image of the product into the line of the generated PDF for customer invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_GENERATE_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL_WITH_PICTURE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Include the first image of the product into the line of the generated PDF for supplier proposals ► (v5.0.3+)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_GENERATE_SUPPLIER_ORDER_WITH_PICTURE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Include the first image of the product into the line of the generated PDF for supplier orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_GENERATE_DOCUMENTS_WITHOUT_VAT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable VAT on generated documents. like for an association. (Works with crabe template)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_GENERATE_DOCUMENTS_WITHOUT_VAT_COLUMN&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Hide column with VAT information but only column not total.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_INVERT_SENDER_RECIPIENT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Invert sender and recipient in some PDF. Note: This option is set automatically if country if Germany.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_ODT_AS_PDF&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Activate ODT to PDF conversion. Value can be &amp;quot;libreoffice&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;unoconv&amp;quot;. Do not use value &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&#039;jodconverter&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; any more, as it is declared deprecated and partly not functional, use value &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&#039;libreoffice&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; instead, it requires only &#039;&#039;&#039;soffice&#039;&#039;&#039; (OpenOffice or LibreOffice) installed on server (use &#039;&#039;&#039;apt install soffice libreoffice-common libreoffice-writer&#039;&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you got this error: javaldx failed! Warning: failed to read path from javaldx with no return to prompt when running soffice --headless -env:UserInstallation=file:&amp;quot;/tmp&amp;quot; --convert-to pdf --outdir xxx ./yyy.odt, check that directory defined into env:UserInstallation parameters exists and is writeable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also have a look at this page if your server is on Windows: [[Générer automatiquement des documents PDF à partir de fichier ODT avec Doliwamp]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_ODT_AS_PDF_DEL_SOURCE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► For ODT generation. If set, then initial behaviour is conserved but ODT file is removed when option to convert it as PDF (see previous) is on. Disabled by default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PDF_FORCE_FONT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► To ignore font defined into language file and force usage of a particular font. For example &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;DejaVuSans&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PDF_FORCE_FONT_SIZE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► To force size of font (by default 10). For example &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;12&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot; ► (v11.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PDF_FREETEXT_HEIGHT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Change height of space reserved to output the free text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PDF_TITLE_BACKGROUND_COLOR&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Can define a background color onto title line. Example: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;220,220,200&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PDF_USE_LARGE_LOGO&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Use the original logo with its higher resolution into the PDF instead of the small thumb. This may lead to very very large PDF !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_USE_BACKGROUND_ON_PDF&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Define this constant with short name of an image (example &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;myimage.jpg&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot;) that must be saved into directory &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;documents/mycompany/logos&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot;. This will add this background image into your generated PDF files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_USE_COMPANY_NAME_OF_CONTACT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Use contact name and information rather than company&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PDF_ADDALSOTARGETDETAILS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If 1, add details of recipient on generated PDFs (email, fax, url and phone). Can be useful in cases where a printed order/invoice etc is given to a delivery driver/courier etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_TVAINTRA_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show VAT N° in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries. Note that VAT number should be already visible in footer of page ► (v8.0.1+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add optional esign field in pdf propal ► (v8.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PROFID1_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show Professional ID 1 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PROFID2_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show Professional ID 2 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PROFID3_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show Professional ID 3 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PROFID4_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show Professional ID 4 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PROFID5_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show Professional ID 5 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PROFID6_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show Professional ID 6 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PDF_BANK_HIDE_NUMBER_SHOW_ONLY_BICIBAN&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Hide bank number (&amp;quot;code banque/guichet/compte&amp;quot; for France, &amp;quot;sort code/account number&amp;quot; for GB, ...) and keep only BIC/IBAN on PDF.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PDF_BOLD_PRODUCT_REF_AND_PERIOD&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add more visibility (bold) on product ref and period of service in desc. ► (v12.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PDF_HIDE_PRODUCT_REF_IN_SUPPLIER_LINES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Modify the use/position of Supplier Ref/Internal Ref with the item Label (name) on PDF documents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Default (constant not set or Value &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;): Internal ref followed by supplier ref in brackets.&amp;quot;COMPANY-REF-001 (Vendor SKU SUPPLIER-REF-001) - LABEL...&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Value &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: Supplier ref only eg.&amp;quot;SUPPLIER-REF-001 - LABEL...&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Value &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: Supplier ref followed by internal ref in brackets. eg.&amp;quot;SUPPLIER-REF-001 (InternalRef COMPANY-REF-001) - LABEL...&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PDF_INCLUDE_ALIAS_IN_THIRDPARTY_NAME&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Include alternative/alias name into name on PDF.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Encrypt PDF produced by dolibarr ► (v?) . See additional parameters :PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_RIGHTS (block &#039;modify&#039; or &#039;copy&#039;) - &#039;&#039;&#039;PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_USERPASS&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_OWNERPASS&#039;&#039;&#039; (random if not specified) - &#039;&#039;&#039;PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_STRENGTH&#039;&#039;&#039; (0 = RC4 40 bit; 1 = RC4 128 bit; 2 = AES 128 bit; 3 = AES 256 bit) - &#039;&#039;&#039;PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_PUBKEYS&#039;&#039;&#039; Array of recipients containing public-key certificates (&#039;c&#039;) and permissions (&#039;p&#039;) - For example: array(array(&#039;c&#039; =&amp;gt; &#039;file://../examples/data/cert/tcpdf.crt&#039;, &#039;p&#039; =&amp;gt; array(&#039;print&#039;)))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PDF_SHOW_PROJECT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show project onto PDF (supported on supplier order only for the moment)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PDF_USE_1A&#039;&#039;&#039; ► PDF files produced by dolibarr respect PDF/A standard ► (v?)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PDF_USE_ALSO_LANGUAGE_CODE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► The value of this constant must be a language code (&#039;fr_FR&#039;, &#039;en_US&#039;, &#039;sa_SA&#039;, ...). If set, the PDF document will contains both language (default and the one defined by the constant).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;DOC_SHOW_FIRST_SALES_REP&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show the sales representant on header (at least on propal azur and rubis template)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PDF_DASH_BETWEEN_LINES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SHOW_SUBPRODUCT_REF_IN_PDF&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PDF_HIDE_PRODUCT_LABEL_IN_SUPPLIER_LINES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► hide product label in supplier order lines (V15+)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SHIPPING_PDF_DISPLAY_AMOUNT_HT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show HT unit price and HT total price for lines of PDF shipment&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DOCUMENTS_HIDE_DESCRIPTION_FOR_FACTURE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► To Hide product description in Customer Invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DOCUMENTS_HIDE_DESCRIPTION_FOR_COMMANDE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► To Hide product description in Sales Order&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DOCUMENTS_HIDE_DESCRIPTION_FOR_ORDER_SUPPLIER&#039;&#039;&#039; ► To Hide product description in Purchase Order&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DOCUMENTS_HIDE_DESCRIPTION_FOR_INVOICE_SUPPLIER&#039;&#039;&#039; ► To Hide product description in Vendor Invoice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PDF_PROPAL_SHOW_PRICE_INCL_TAX&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Display price with tax on Proposal(cyan template), Order(eratosthene template), Bill(sponge template) (V17+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Point of Sale (POS)=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CASHDESK_SHOW_KEYPAD&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show a mouse key pad into the &#039;Simple Point of Sale&#039; module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;POS_ADDON&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set this value to an existing numbering module rule (for example &#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;mod_facture_terre&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039;, &#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;mod_facture_mars&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039;, ...) to force the numbering module to use for invoice ref definition when invoice is created by the POS. For example setting value &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;POS_ADDON&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to &#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;mod_facture_terre&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039; will use the numbering module &#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;terre&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039; for invoice generated from POS, whatever is the numbering rule defined into invoice module setup (you can also use POS_NUMBERING_TERRE_FORCE_PREFIX and POS_NUMBERING_MARS_FORCE_PREFIX variable to change the prefix used).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;TAKEPOS_ENABLE_SUMUP&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Enable the compatibility of TakePOS with the card reader terminal [https://SumUp.fr SumUp]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;TAKEPOS_CAN_FORCE_BANK_ACCOUNT_DURING_PAYMENT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Possibility to force the bank account during the payment in TakePOS  ► (v13.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;TAKEPOS_CONTROL_CASH_OPENING&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Control the cash opening&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;TAKEPOS_NUMPAD_FORCE_PAYMENT_ICONS_LABELS&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Products Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CATEGORY_GRAPHSTATS_ON_PRODUCTS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show graph of products with categories and totals in Products Area screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PRODUCT_DISABLE_CUSTOMCOUNTRYCODE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Avoid customs code and country of origin to be set as product description when added to Propal/Order/Invoice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_ADD_TYPE_IN_DOCUMENTS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add text &amp;quot;Product&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Service&amp;quot; at beginning of details lines on built PDF documents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_DONOTSEARCH_ANYWHERE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► When Ajax search is enabled, search is done on criteria anywhere in label of product. By adding this option, search is done only on start of label. This is really faster when you have a huge number of products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DIRECT_STATUS_UPDATE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allows you to change the status of the product (&#039;&#039;for sale/not for sale for purchase/not for purchase&#039;&#039;) directly on the product page via a &#039;&#039;on/off&#039;&#039; switch button. This can be convenient for those who need to quickly disable certain statuses of products without having to go through the editing product page individually. Also can be very useful if used as a filter on the product and product search list. This option doesn&#039;t generate a MODIFY trigger, so be careful with external modules. ► (v4.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_SEARCH_PRODUCT_BY_FOURN_REF&#039;&#039;&#039; ►  Allow to search a product by supplier ref in document&#039;s add line form. ► (&amp;gt;= 8.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DISABLE_FREE_LINES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disallow using free lines to add line in documents ► (&amp;gt;= 8.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_SHOW_PRODUCT_ACTIVITY_TRIM&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show Product and Services turnover before for all four quarters tax over recent years recent years on the product area ► (v5.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUIT_DESC_IN_LIST&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show long description of product/service into lists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_DISABLE_PROPAGATE_CUSTOMER_PRICES_ON_CHILD_COMPANIES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable propagation of prices per customer from a customer to its child company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_DISABLE_PUBLIC_URL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable public url in product card ► (v14.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_DISABLE_STOCK_LEVELS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable properties of stock limits and desired optimal value on product ► (v14.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_DISABLE_NATURE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable nature in product card ► (v14.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_DISABLE_WEIGHT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable weight in product card ► (v14.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_DISABLE_PRICES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable prices in product card ► (v14.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_DISABLE_ACCOUNTING&#039;&#039;&#039;  ► Disable accounting in product card ► (v14.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_DISABLE_SIZE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable size in product card.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_DISABLE_LENGTH&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable length in product card ► (v4.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_DISABLE_SURFACE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable surface in product card. ► (v4.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_DISABLE_VOLUME&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable volume in product card.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_DISABLE_CUSTOM_INFO&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable custom info (custom code and country origin) in product/service card.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUIT_MULTIPRICES_USE_VAT_PER_LEVEL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► When option to use price per level/segment is on, this allows to also set a dedicated vat for each price level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUIT_CUSTOMER_PRICES_BY_QTY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If price per quantity ► &#039;&#039;Experimental&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUIT_CUSTOMER_PRICES_BY_QTY_MULTIPRICES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If price per quantity and customer ► &#039;&#039;Experimental&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_LOT_ENABLE_QUALITY_CONTROL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Enable feature (Display fields for life time and quality control duration) for quality control on product and lot&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_MAX_LENGTH_COMBO&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Limit the length of the label displayed when adding lines in proposals/invoices/orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_MAX_VISIBLE_PHOTO&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show a maximum number of product photos (as thumbnails) on the product main card. Example, setting this constant to &#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;5&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039; will show the first five product photos found on the product card.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUIT_PDF_MERGE_PROPAL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Enable module Propal merge product PDF&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_USE_OLD_PATH_FOR_PHOTO&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Ask dolibarr to check also old path (before 3.7) where photos were stored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_USE_UNITS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add other units on products (Use same dictionary as default unit feature) and propagate this unit on line of documents.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_EDIT_LINE_ALLOW_ALL_UNIT_TYPE ►&#039;&#039;&#039; Allow the selection of other unit types when editing the document line&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;RESOURCE_ON_PRODUCTS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allow to affect resources on products/services ► (v10.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;RESOURCE_ON_SERVICES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allow to affect resources on products/services ► (v10.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_SHOW_ORIGIN_IN_COMBO&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show origin of products when adding lines in proposals/invoices/orders ► (v12.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUIT_ATTRIBUTES_HIDECHILD&#039;&#039;&#039;  ► Add option hide child if variantes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_ADD_FORM_ADD_TO&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add a product to a draft proposal/order/invoice, from the product card.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_DISABLE_SELLBY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Hide the Sell by date ► (v13.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_DISABLE_EATBY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Hide the Eat by date ► (v13.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_DENY_CHANGE_PRODUCT_TYPE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Forbid to change the product type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_SORT_BY_CATEGORY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Sort the product by categories instead of by ID&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_ADD_NET_MEASURE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Support Net Measure in product&#039;s card.php (For real weight, volume or piece; needed for some business ie fruits, vegetables....). Note brut value is already available natively, use this option only if you need 2 weights, 2 volumes, ...for each product) ► (v11.0.1+)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_PRICE_BASE_TYPE&#039;&#039;&#039;  ► value &#039;TTC&#039; / &#039;HT&#039; specify the default value of the price (with or without taxes) ► (v16.0.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_LOAD_EXTRAFIELD_INTO_OBJECTLINES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Load product extrafiled on object lines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_USE_SUB_COST_PRICES_IF_COST_PRICE_EMPTY&#039;&#039;&#039; : Calculate the parent product production price by child prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Projects Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROJECT_ALLOW_TO_LINK_FROM_OTHER_COMPANY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Option related to the combo list Project on elements. It is a list of thirdparty IDs. If set, you can link an object to a project owned by one of this thirdparty in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROJECT_ALLOW_COMMENT_ON_PROJECT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add comment feature on a project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROJECT_ALLOW_COMMENT_ON_TASK&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add comment feature on project task&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROJECT_ALWAYS_DISCARD_CLOSED_PROJECTS_IN_SELECT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Discards closed projects in every select field. A closed project can&#039;t be associated to an object ► (v20.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROJECT_CAN_ALWAYS_LINK_TO_ALL_SUPPLIERS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Option related to the combo list Project on elements. Can link an element (purhcase invoice, purchase order, reception, ...) to any project even if object has a different supplier than the one of the project to link to. See also PROJECT_ALLOW_TO_LINK_FROM_OTHER_COMPANY that is different because it allows to define some given thirdparty ID to allow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROJECT_CREATE_ON_OVERVIEW_DISABLED&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Hide the &amp;quot;create ...&amp;quot; button on the overview page ► (v4.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROJECT_DISABLE_UNLINK_FROM_OVERVIEW&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Enable removing the button from a link in the project overview. ► (&amp;gt;= v8.0.1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROJECT_HIDE_UNSELECTABLES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Hide into select list, all project that we can&#039;t select (closed or draft)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROJECT_HIDE_TASKS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Hide tasks. For user using project only as an analytics key and not using tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROJECT_LIST_SHOW_STARTDATE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Shows start date of projects in project lists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROJECT_LINK_ON_OVERWIEW_DISABLED&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Hide the &amp;quot;link to&amp;quot; form on the overview page ► (v4.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROJECT_SHOW_REF_INTO_LISTS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add column with project ref into list (with 3.7 list of supplier invoices only, will be expanded to other lists)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROJECT_TIME_ON_ALL_TASKS_MY_PROJECTS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Can add time spent on tasks, even if i am not assigned to task (however, task must be a project i am a contact).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROJECT_OPEN_ALWAYS_ON_TAB&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set to value &#039;task&#039;, or &#039;preview&#039; to always open the project on the given tab instead of main tab.&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROJECT_ELEMENTS_FOR_MINUS_MARGIN&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Proposals Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add a picture of the product (the first one found if there are several) into the generated PDF of proposals. Note that using this will reduce the available width for the product description.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PROPAL_CHOOSE_ODT_DOCUMENT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► On setup page, you&#039;ll be able to select which ODT document to use when close or cancel proposals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING&#039;&#039;&#039; ► add optional esign field in pdf propal ► (v8.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROPAL_CLONE_ON_CREATE_PAGE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► On the create proposal page, ask if we want to create the proposal by cloning an already existing one. You should use instead the &amp;quot;Clone&amp;quot; button available on existing proposals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROPAL_DISABLE_SIGNATURE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Do no show the box for signature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUIT_PDF_MERGE_PROPAL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► When generating the proposal PDF, all PDFs linked to products linked to proposal are also included into final PDF&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROPOSAL_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD&#039;&#039;&#039; ► When a PDF is generated, a share key is automatically set so the file can be downloaded using the share key. ► (v7.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROPOSAL_AUTO_ADD_AUTHOR_AS_CONTACT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add Proposal Author as user contact follow proposal&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Do not show the payment term on proposal ► (v11.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Do not show the payment mode on proposal ► (v11.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;WORKFLOW_PROPAL_CAN_CLASSIFY_BILLED_WITHOUT_INVOICES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Button &amp;quot;Classified Billed&amp;quot; is visible on proposal even if there is no invoice linked to proposal.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROPAL_REOPEN_UNSIGNED_ONLY&#039;&#039;&#039;  ► Do not allow reopening of signed (or billed) proposals. (V15)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROPOSAL_ARE_NOT_BILLABLE&#039;&#039;&#039;  ► Disable billing button on proposals (V15)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROPAL_DEFAULT_NOTE_PUBLIC&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Default text in public note&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Services Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SERVICE_ARE_ECOMMERCE_200238EC&#039;&#039;&#039; ►  If seller and buyer are in Europe and buyer is not a company, use the VAT of buying country. For french speaking people, see also the page [[Loi_européenne_TVA_Vente_à_Distance_VAD_et_e-commerce_BtoC]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_FILL_SERVICE_DATES_FROM_LAST_SERVICE_LINE&#039;&#039;&#039;  ► (v13.0) On add line form add a button to fill service dates from the last service line&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Shipments=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;STOCK_WAREHOUSE_NOT_REQUIRED_FOR_SHIPMENTS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If set, you can add a shipment line, with no stock source defined. ► (&amp;gt;= 8.0.1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SHIPMENT_GETS_ALL_ORDER_PRODUCTS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add all order lines in shipment, including the one with 0 in quantity&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SHIPPING_PDF_HIDE_ORDERED&#039;&#039;&#039; ►Hide column quantity ordered on shipment pdf (&amp;gt;=15.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;STOCK_SUPPORTS_SERVICES&#039;&#039;&#039; ►Allow to manage services into warehouse and allow to ship services&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SHIPMENT_SUPPORTS_SERVICES&#039;&#039;&#039; ►Allow to ship services without stock (&amp;gt;=19.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Stocks=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SUPPLIER_ORDER_DISABLE_STOCK_DISPATCH_WHEN_TOTAL_REACHED&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable stock dispatch when total expected was already received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;STOCK_EXCLUDE_VIRTUAL_PRODUCTS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If product is a virtual product, we do not manage stock for it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;ENTREPOT_EXTRA_STATUS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Instead of the 2 status (Closed, Open), a Warehouse has 3 status: Closed, Open (for all movements), Open (for internal movement only). Internal movement only means you can&#039;t use the warehouse to make shipment or receptions.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SUPPLIER_ORDER_STATUS_FOR_VIRTUAL_STOCK&#039;&#039;&#039; ► For the calculation of virtual stocks, by default supplier orders with the status 3 (ordered) and 4 (partially received) are used. You can enter the list of statuses to be taken into account separated by commas for this calculation (example: 0,1,2,3)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;STOCK_MOVEMENT_LIST_HIDE_UNIT_PRICE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► to hide unit price on some pages (V15+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Suppliers Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;FOURN_PRODUCT_AVAILABILITY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► On the Suppliers price page of the products, activate the supplier product availability. &#039;&#039;This is duplicate feature with delivery_delay introduced with 3.8.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;RELOAD_PAGE_ON_SUPPLIER_CHANGE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► On creation of a supplier order/invoice, reload form with supplier-specific details when supplier is selected from drop-down list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SUPPLIER_INVOICE_WITH_PREDEFINED_PRICES_ONLY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Restrict selection of products in supplier invoice to only those with a buying price defined for that supplier. ► (v6.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SUPPLIER_ORDER_AUTOADD_USER_CONTACT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add user approving supplier order as a contact automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SUPPLIER_ORDER_DEFAULT_PAYMENT_MODE_ID&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set the default payment method for suppliers (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;rowid&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; in table &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;llx_c_paiement&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SUPPLIER_ORDER_USE_DISPATCH_STATUS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add a status on each dispatch order line when receiving products from suppliers ► (v4.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SUPPLIER_ORDER_NO_DIRECT_APPROVE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► No button &amp;quot;Validate and Approve&amp;quot;. Always do step &amp;quot;Validate&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Approve&amp;quot; in 2 steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SUPPLIER_ORDER_WITH_PREDEFINED_PRICES_ONLY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Restrict selection of products in supplier order to only those with a buying price defined for that supplier. ► (v6.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SUPPLIER_ORDER_EDIT_BUYINGPRICE_DURING_RECEIPT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Can modify the buying price used for PMP calculation when making a stock reception on a supplier order. ► (v6.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL_WITH_PREDEFINED_PRICES_ONLY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Restrict selection of products in supplier proposal to only those with a buying price defined for that supplier. ► (v6.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;DISPLAY_DISCOUNTED_SUPPLIER_PRICE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allow to display discounted supplier price when searching product in supplier documents ► (v10.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_CAN_EDIT_SUPPLIER_ON_SUPPLIER_ORDER&#039;&#039;&#039; ►  Allow to change the supplier on a draft supplier order ► (v10.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Third Parties Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;COMPANY_AQUARIUM_CLEAN_REGEX&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add a REGEX rule on the third parties names. It applies a regex replacement pattern on generated code if COMPANY_AQUARIUM_CLEAN_REGEX is set. Value must be a regex with parenthesis. The part into parenthesis is kept, the rest removed. For example if COMPANY_AQUARIUM_CLEAN_REGEX = &#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;^..(..)..(.*)&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039; the first char and second char are removed and the char 5 and 6 too ► (&amp;gt;= 8.0.1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_UNKNOWN_CUSTOMERS_ARE_COMPANIES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► See in Global options section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_USE_VAT_COMPANIES_IN_EEC_WITH_INVALID_VAT_ID_ARE_INDIVIDUAL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► See in Global options section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SOCIETE_EMAIL_MANDATORY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► E-mail is a mandatory field when creating a thirdparty&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SOCIETE_DISABLE_CUSTOMERS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Remove all menu and features related to customers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SOCIETE_DISABLE_PROSPECTS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Remove all menu and features related to prospects&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SOCIETE_DISABLE_PROSPECTSCUSTOMERS ►&#039;&#039;&#039; Remove the status &amp;quot;Customer/Prospect&amp;quot; when thirdparties creation or modification&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SOCIETE_DISABLE_STATE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Do not use field &amp;quot;state/province&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SOCIETE_SORT_ON_TYPEENT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► The combo list of &amp;quot;type of third party&amp;quot; is sorted on alphabetical order instead of the field &amp;quot;position&amp;quot; that appears into dictionary instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SOCIETE_ASK_FOR_SHIPPING_METHOD&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Shipping method can be predefined on customer card and will be used as default on order creation&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SOCIETE_ADD_REF_IN_LIST&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Displays the code before the name in the lists  ► Value 1 -&amp;gt; Code + name + alias ou Code + name if colone alias 2 -&amp;gt; Code + alias 3 -&amp;gt; Alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;THIRDPARTY_CAN_HAVE_CATEGORY_EVEN_IF_NOT_CUSTOMER_PROSPECT_SUPPLIER&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Possible to add Categories to third parties that are not customer, prospect or supplier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;THIRDPARTY_DEFAULT_USELOCALTAX1&#039;&#039;&#039; ► When creating a new third party, the field &amp;quot;Use second tax&amp;quot; is set to on or off depending on value of this parameter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;THIRDPARTY_DEFAULT_USELOCALTAX2&#039;&#039;&#039; ► When creating a new third party, the field &amp;quot;Use third tax&amp;quot; is set to on or off depending on value of this parameter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;THIRDPARTY_NOTCUSTOMERPROSPECT_BY_DEFAULT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Do not set status &amp;quot;Customer/Prospect&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;on&amp;quot; when creating a new third party from menu &amp;quot;New third party&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;THIRDPARTY_INCLUDE_PARENT_IN_LINKTO&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Search also for elements on parent third party when using the &amp;quot;link to&amp;quot; object feature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;THIRDPARTY_INCLUDE_PROJECT_THIRDPARY_IN_LINKTO&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Search also for elements on third party that own the project of the current element when using the &amp;quot;link to&amp;quot; object feature (if project is owned by a different thirdparty than current one).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;THIRDPARTY_LOGO_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD&#039;&#039;&#039; ► When a logo is uploaded, a share key is automatically set so the file can be downloaded using the share key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;THIRDPARTY_SUGGEST_ALSO_ADDRESS_CREATION&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Enabled contact creation on third-party create card&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;THIRDPARTY_QUICKSEARCH_ON_FIELDS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Personalized search criteria ► Example: $conf-&amp;gt;global-&amp;gt;THIRDPARTY_QUICKSEARCH_ON_FIELDS = &#039;s.nom=ThirdPartyName;s.name_alias=AliasNameShort;s.code_client=CustomerCode&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MEMBER_CAN_CONVERT_CUSTOMERS_TO_MEMBERS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Enabled member creation on third-party create card&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SOCIETE_DISABLE_PARENTCOMPANY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disables attachment to a parent company.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;THIRDPARTY_CUSTOMERPROSPECT_BY_DEFAULT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set the third party to customer by default&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;THIRDPARTY_SUPPLIER_BY_DEFAULT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set the third party to supplier by default&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;THIRDPARTY_CUSTOMERTYPE_BY_DEFAULT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set the third party type by default (3 = customer &amp;amp; prospect / 2 = prospect / 1 = customer )&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CONTACT_DISABLE_PERSONALINFO&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable Personal data on contact page&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SOCIETE_DISABLE_WORKFORCE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable work force selector on society page&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SOCIETE_SHOW_VAT_IN_LIST&#039;&#039;&#039; ► display VAT number in combo list of thirdparties ► (V15+)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;THIRDPARTY_DEFAULT_CREATE_CONTACT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► When set, a contact is created at the creation of an individual third party ► (v14.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_SUPPORT_SHARED_CONTACT_BETWEEN_THIRDPARTIES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Able to share contact between several third parties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ticket Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;TICKET_SHOW_MESSAGES_ON_CARD&#039;&#039;&#039; ►Display all ticket related messages on the main ticket card. ► (&amp;gt;= 10.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;TICKET_AUTO_ASSIGN_CONTRACT_CREATE&#039;&#039;&#039; ►Automatically create a contract linked to the ticket ► (&amp;gt;= 10.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;TICKET_AUTO_CREATE_FICHINTER_CREATE&#039;&#039;&#039; ►Automatically create an intervention linked to the ticket ► (&amp;gt;= 10.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;WORKFLOW_TICKET_CLOSE_INTERVENTION&#039;&#039;&#039; ►On ticket close, automatically close an intervention linked to the ticket&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;TICKET_CHECK_NOTIFY_THIRDPARTY_AT_CREATION&#039;&#039;&#039; ►Automatically check &amp;quot;notify thirdparty at creation&amp;quot; ( &amp;gt;=16)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;TICKETS_MESSAGE_FORCE_MAIL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Pre check email sending on ticket message (&amp;gt;=15)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;TICKET_SEND_PRIVATE_EMAIL ►&#039;&#039;&#039; Allow a private message to be sent by mail (&amp;gt;=17)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;TICKET_LIMIT_VIEW_ASSIGNED_ONLY&#039;&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;&#039;►&#039;&#039;&#039; Only display tickets assigned to the user&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;TICKET_ADD_AUTHOR_AS_CONTACT&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;►&#039;&#039;&#039; If set to 1: Automatically adds the author as internal contact. If set to 2: Automatically adds the author as external contact if external user. (&amp;gt;=20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=VAT Report=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_INCLUDE_ZERO_VAT_IN_REPORTS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Include lines with VAT to 0% (for &amp;quot;auto-liquidation&amp;quot; in EEC) ► (v8.0.3+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Website Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;WEBSITE_USE_WEBSITE_ACCOUNTS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add a table and a tab to manage some accounts for websites to a third party&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;WEBSITE_ALLOW_OVERWRITE_GIT_SOURCE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add a button to export a website over the GIT sources&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;WEBSITE_ADD_CSS_TO_BODY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add a CSS class to the body tag of websites&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=WYSIWYG Editor=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;FCKEDITOR_ENABLE_DETAILS_FULL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Can cut and paste external images (hosted on external server) into description of proposal, orders or invoices. WARNING: PDF generation is not guaranteed with this. Also if the image is removed or renamed by the image hosting service, your proposal, order or invoice will be broken.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;FCKEDITOR_ALLOW_ANY_CONTENT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allow to enter any content. However, this will totally disable content filtering which is one of the most important CKEditor features. You can use this to keep all your tags and attributes in the html content.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;FCKEDITOR_ENABLE_SCAYT_AUTOSTARTUP ►&#039;&#039;&#039; Allow to activate the SpellCheckAsYouType (SCAYT) plugins of CKEditor i.e an automatic spell checking. The value to activate this option is 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=STRIPE Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;STRIPE_FORCE_VERSION&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Force the STRIPE version. For Example: &amp;quot;2019-09-09&amp;quot; (v11+)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;STRIPE_REUSE_EXISTING_INTENT_IF_FOUND&#039;&#039;&#039; ► With this, you will have idempotency key but the payment intention will be reuse and not Generate again (13+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=ClickToDial Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CLICKTODIAL_FORCENEWTARGET&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Open in new page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=For SaaS / Cloud hosting integrators=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following options are useless for a common usage of Dolibarr. But they are usefull if you plan to host / provide Dolibarr instances as Software As A Service (SAAS) to your customers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CRON_DISABLE_KEY_CHANGE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► When you provide an instance to a customer, you probably also add an entry in the cron of this user so Dolibarr batch and scheduler can work correctly. For security purpose, it may have a security key that is inside the command line into the cron entry and this entry must match the value defined into Dolibarr setup (setup of module &#039;Scheduled Jobs&#039;). Because, a customer of a Saas platform will probably have no access to edit the cron file, it is also import that he has no way to edit the key into the Dolibarr setup, so the key in the cron command line will always match the key in Dolibarr setup, and the Dolibarr batches will executed without security errors. To be sure, the customer does not change the value, you can set this constant to 1 into the table [[Table_llx_const]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CRON_DISABLE_TUTORIAL_CRON&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable the tutorial about how to install the cron script (on a SaaS hosting, this should be done by the web hosting provider)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CRON_WARNING_DELAY_HOURS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set this value to the frequency set for the cron script (so a warning will be shown to user to warn it about max frequency of its scheduled jobs)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAILING_NO_USING_PHPMAIL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► To avoid bad use of the emailing module, it is recommended to set this option to 1 (This option is described previously). Also you can complete the message visible by customers when they try to setup the SMTP credentials of their Dolibarr by using the constant MAILING_SMTP_SETUP_EMAILS_FOR_QUESTIONS (This option is described previously). For example, you can point to a FAQ on your website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_IN_SAME_EMAIL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If you have set a system limit on number of recipients on your system, you can set also this option to match the same value, so users will be informed: So &#039;&#039;&#039;MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_IN_SAME_EMAIL&#039;&#039;&#039; restricts sending of 1 email message to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; recipients for the same email message (x for To: + CC: + BCC:). If not defined, value is &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;10&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. Required to fight against spamming that include a ton of recipients in 1 message. Note that &#039;&#039;&#039;MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_TO_IN_SAME_EMAIL&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_CC_IN_SAME_EMAIL&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_BCC_IN_SAME_EMAIL&#039;&#039;&#039; are also available. Note that this is not a hard limit; it is just the quantity that will be displayed on warnings on screen. For a real limit, this must be implemented into the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAILING_LIMIT_SENDBYDAY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► This is a limit of number of emails, an instance can send. Note that this is not a hard limit; it is just the quantity that will be displayed on warnings on screen. For a real limit, this must be implemented into the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAILING_LIMIT_WARNING_PHPMAIL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set this value to a translation key. Then add translation keys into the instance so user will see a message when into the email setup page. For example, you can set a message to say &#039;&#039;Warning: To avoid abuse, when using default setup, you are restricted to 500 emails per day for all your application (account may be suspended in case of violation of this rule. You can setup application to use your own SMTP server for sending email so you want have no restriction at all (see menu Home-Setup-Emails)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_ALWAYS_CREATE_LOCK_AFTER_LAST_UPGRADE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If set, when you launch upgrades of your customer instances, you are sure that the upgrade process recreate automatically the file install.lock and remove the upgrade.unlock so the administration tools like install.php, upgrade.php and repair.php can&#039;t be used on your customer instance (until the install.lock file is deleted or the upgrade.unlock file is created).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_EXTERNAL_SMTP_CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► (A better name of this option should be MAIN_EXTERNAL_MAIL_CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS). Set here the list of IPs where your Dolibarr instances are hosted. So when your customer go into the setup area of email:&lt;br /&gt;
**If he chose mail method, a message will explain him how to setup its SPF record for its email domain (showing the list of IP). This is to avoid to have its emails, sent from its Dolibarr instance, fails due to strict antispam rule of some emailing servers.&lt;br /&gt;
**If he chose smtp method, a message will explain him the list of IP he can use if there is restriction on IP by the SMTP agent. If you also need to add a message to help SPF setup, see option &#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_EXTERNAL_SMTP_SPF_STRING_TO_ADD&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_EXTERNAL_SMTP_SPF_STRING_TO_ADD&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set here the string to add in the SPF record This string will be shown into a help message when the user in in the setup of email page and has choose a method using an external SMTP server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_FIRST_PING_OK_ID&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set this value to &amp;quot;disabled&amp;quot; to remove completely any ping after a complete setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_FILECHECK_LOCAL_SUFFIX&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_FILECHECK_LOCAL_EXT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If you offer a customized or patched version of Dolibarr, when the user will use the tool to check the integrity of files, the default xml file name used for signature checking will be the official file provided by the Dolibarr team, so it does not includes your own changes. To have the suggested signature file being your own file, you can set the constant MAIN_FILECHECK_LOCAL_SUFFIX to a suffix. For example, set this to &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;-mysaassolution&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;. So, when the user will use the file integrity tool, the default file to check for signature will be &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;/install/filelist-10.0.2-mysaassolution.xml&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;/install/filelist-10.0.2.xml&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;. All you have to do is generate the signature file &#039;&#039;&#039;mysaassolution&#039;&#039;&#039; using the tool &#039;&#039;&#039;build/generate_filelist_xml.php&#039;&#039;&#039; and put this file into the install directory of your customer instance. Doing this, your customer, and yourself, will be able to check if a file was modified without being disturbed by false alerts due to your customized files or patches (they will be included in the signature used for check). Also, if you want to zip the customized signature file into &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;/install/filelist-10.0.2-mysaassolution.xml.zip&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;, you can set the constant MAIN_FILECHECK_LOCAL_EXT to &#039;.zip&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_HIDE_WARNING_TO_ENCOURAGE_SMTP_SETUP&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set to 1 by default (so warning is hidden). You can set it to 0 to show a warning to encourage admin to set its own SMTP service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAIL_SENDMODE_password&#039;&#039;&#039; ► To force the mode to send the email on the &amp;quot;password forgotten&amp;quot; page. So you can decide to use php mail or SMTP method for this specific use case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MIN_NB_ENABLED_MODULE_FOR_WARNING&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If set to N, the warning saying modules are not activated will be shown if number of activated module is &amp;lt; N (Having this variable not defined is same than having it set to 1). This may be usefull if you preinstall an application with some modules already loaded by default and you want to keep the warning to be sure the user will enable other modules he need, even if some modules are already enabed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_NO_UPGRADE_REDIRECT_ON_LEVEL_3_CHANGE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► The page to make the migration is not shown automatically when you deploy files of version X.Y.Z+delta over an  installation with a database version X.Y.Z. The upgrade page will be shown automatically only if there is a change on value of X or Y in version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SYSLOG_DISABLE_LOGHANDLER_SYSLOG&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set this to 1 to disable usage of syslog (having all customer instances logging in the same system file is not a good idea).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;WEBSITE_REPLACE_INFO_ABOUT_USAGE_WITH_WEBSERVER&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Put here a text or a translation key of a text to show when the user will use the feature &amp;quot;Deploy&amp;quot; when he want to deploy a website done with Dolibarr CMS. So you can, for example, show him a message that this feature is not part of its subscription and putting a website online may need a complementary subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maxime</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.dolibarr.org/index.php?title=Setup_Other&amp;diff=60079</id>
		<title>Setup Other</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.dolibarr.org/index.php?title=Setup_Other&amp;diff=60079"/>
		<updated>2024-04-19T21:19:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maxime: error in parameter name SU&amp;lt;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&amp;gt;PLIER_INVOICE_ALLOW_REUSE_OF_CREDIT_WHEN_PARTIALLY_REFUNDED instead of SUPPLIER_INVOICE_ALLOW_REUSE_OF_CREDIT_WHEN_PARTIALLY_REFUNDED. Parameter name tested in dolibarr V19.01&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- BEGIN origin interlang links --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You can edit this section but do NOT remove these comments&lt;br /&gt;
     Links below will be automatically replicated on translated pages by PolyglotBot --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Paramétrage_Divers]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Configuración_Varios]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Erweiterte_Einstellungen]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[zh:其他设置]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- END interlang links --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Admin]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{TemplateDocUser}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Help About Screen&#039;&#039;&#039;: Other setup&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Menu Path&#039;&#039;&#039;: Home ► Setup ► Other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Introduction&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some options are not visible in the interface (often because they are deprecated or are beta features). In most cases you do not need these functions and their use may make the application unstable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 {{warning|32px}} This page contains the list of some advanced development parameters. In most cases, it is parameters for internal usage, development, external modules, features in development not stable or that may lead to security risk. For standard usage of Dolibarr, such parameters &#039;&#039;&#039;SHOULD NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; be used. All experimental options are NOT supported. They may be removed in a future, modified at any version and break stability of your application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable/override a parameter you have to define the constant name and set it to 1 (unless otherwise stated) in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Home ► Setup ► Other Setup&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options here may not be documented since they are not stable and unsupported (remember they are experimental or development options). The basic format of how the list is written is broken down in the example below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
UNSTABLE_OR_DEV_OPTION ► &#039;&#039;Description of config and goal&#039;&#039; ► &#039;&#039;(specific version information) or values&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Global Options=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;ADD_UNSPLASH_LOGIN_BACKGROUND&#039;&#039;&#039; ► The background image will be refreshed on every login page refresh. Background image is pulled from the popular open source image website Unsplash. If an already saved static background image exists, then this code will override it (but not delete the saved image). Warning: Using this may allow this external website to steel your login credentials (the value to be put is the URL of the service, exemple : https://source.unsplash.com/random) ► (v10.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_HIDE_POWERED_BY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Hide the &amp;quot;Powered by Dolibarr&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_APPLICATION_TITLE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► This will change the title of software (that appears on the login page by default). Warning: changing this may make Dolibarr version detection fail by smartphone applications like [[Application Android - DoliDroid]] breaking some features when using Dolibarr from this application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_AUTOFILL_DATE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If this constant is defined (to something other than &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;), the date of invoice, proposal, order or payment are auto-filled with the current date. It is highly recommended to NOT ENABLE this feature. This can create a lot of input errors with data not validated by users. This leads to incorrect values saved in the database causing confusion when you have to do your accountancy reports!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_AUTO_TIMESTAMP_IN_PUBLIC_NOTES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add a timestamp and user automatically when editing the &#039;&#039;public&#039;&#039; note.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_AUTO_TIMESTAMP_IN_PRIVATE_NOTES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add a timestamp and user automatically when editing the &#039;&#039;private&#039;&#039; note.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_COUNTRIES_IN_EEC&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Country list in European Area (For VAT purpose) ► (v10.0-v13.0). From v14, do not use this any more (remove the constant if you set it and instead set if the country is in Europe or not from the DB for V14 - V15  and from dictionary of countries in V16 and more).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DEFAULT_PAYMENT_TERM_ID&#039;&#039;&#039; ► With ID of a payment term, will use this as default payment term each time you create a new proposal, order, invoice (customer and supplier). Deprecated. Replaced with the default setup feature instead.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DEFAULT_PAYMENT_TYPE_ID&#039;&#039;&#039; ► With ID of a payment type, will use this as default payment type each time you create a new proposal, order, invoice (customer and supplier). Deprecated. Replaced with the default setup feature instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DEFAULT_LANGUAGE_FILTER&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Useful if you do not want to show &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;en_US&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; language option in combo boxes (other languages can easily be removed in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;langs&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; directory but not &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;en_US&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) ► (v10.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_LANGUAGES_ALLOWED&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Is a list of languages without spaces, example : &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;fr_FR,en_US,de_DE,it_IT&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; If defined, only those languages will appear in combos. ► (v11.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DISABLE_NOTES_TAB&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show or hide notes tab in the card page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DISABLE_CONTACTS_TAB&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show or hide contacts tab in the card page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DISABLE_FULL_SCANLIST&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disables the complete scan of tables to allow the pagination to show total number of pages. May be useful to activate on systems with a very high quantity of data (tables with more than 2 000 000 records).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DISABLE_JQUERY_JNOTIFY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable usage of &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;JNotify&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to show confirm or error messages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DISABLE_AJAX_COMBOX&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If you have a large number of third parties or products, you can disable the autocomplete feature on the third parties list by setting this constant to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; ► (v3.6.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DISABLE_MULTIPLE_FILEUPLOAD&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable users to upload multiple files at once.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DISABLE_TRUNC&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable all truncings in select list. ► (v7.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DISABLEDRAFTSTATUS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable the status &amp;quot;Draft&amp;quot; for some objects (project, donation, ...) so the object is directly created with status &amp;quot;Validated&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DOC_USE_OBJECT_THIRDPARTY_NAME&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add name of thirdparty at begin of generated document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DOC_USE_TIMING&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add a timestamp at end of generated document. Value must be format of timestamp. For example: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;%Y%m%d%H%M&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (only for ODT files)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DOC_UPLOAD_NOT_RENAME_BY_DEFAULT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable the auto renaming on upload file ► (v10.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DOL_SCRIPTS_ROOT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Define directory who contains &#039;scripts&#039; directory (e.g. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/var/www/dolibarr&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;). Value of this variable may be requested by some external script or tools.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_ENABLE_LOG_TO_HTML&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If this constant is defined, it is possible to have logs inside pages by adding the parameter &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;amp;logtohtml=1&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; into URL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_ENABLE_IMPORT_LINKED_OBJECT_LINES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allow to import lines into current document from &amp;quot;linked&amp;quot; compatible documents ► (v8.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_FIRST_TO_UPPER&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Dolibarr add uppercase to Third Parties, contacts or members names if not done. Warning: with some languages (whose words with uppercase are not same words, or pagecode does not always have an uppercase, like Cyrillic languages), this feature may alter your data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_ALL_TO_UPPER&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Dolibarr puts uppercase for Third Parties, contacts or members names if not done. Warning, with some languages (whose words with uppercase are not same words, or pagecode does not always have an uppercase, like Cyrillic languages), this feature may alter your data. ► (v11.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_ALL_TOWN_TO_UPPER&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Dolibarr puts uppercase for town names if not done. ► (v13.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_FILESYSTEM_ENCODING&#039;&#039;&#039; ► With some PHP versions, PHP is not able to detect the page code for filesystem of the server OS. To solve this, Dolibarr assumes your OS filesystem is &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;UTF-8&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; if on Linux or OSX system, and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;ISO-8859-1&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; if on Windows. If not, for example on a Windows server with a NTFS &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;UTF-8&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; pagecode, you can set the variable &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;MAIN_FILESYSTEM_ENCODING&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;utf-8&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_FORCELANGDIR&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Relative path of the directory holding your custom &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;langs&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_HTML_TITLE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Can be used to control how the html page title is formatted. If value contains key &#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;noapp&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039;, application name will not be output. If value contains &#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;thirdpartynameonly&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039;, on tab for thirdparties, only name of thirdparties are output. Value can be list of tags: &#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;noapp;thirdpartynameonly&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_HELPCENTER_LINKTOUSE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Define the URL link to use as the target page for link &amp;quot;I need help&amp;quot; onto logon page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_LOGOUT_GOTO_URL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► URL to which the user will be redirected after LOGOUT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAXTABS_IN_CARD&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Maximum number of tabs visible. Others are grouped into a combo list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAXLIST_OVERLOAD&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Maximum number of line in space&#039;s domain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MIN_NB_ENABLED_MODULE_FOR_WARNING&#039;&#039;&#039; ► A warning saying setup of modules is not complete is shown if the number of enabled modules is lower or equal than this value (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; if not defined)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_NO_CONCAT_DESCRIPTION&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allow to use only input custom description in lines (proposal, order, invoice) ► (v10.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_OPTIMIZE_SPEED&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Use some speed enhancements. See page [[FAQ Increase Performance]] for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PROPAGATE_CONTACTS_FROM_ORIGIN&#039;&#039;&#039; ► When creating an order, contract, invoice from another object, specific contacts of objects are set as specific contact of the new object when possible. ► (v4.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PUBLIC_NOTE_IN_ADDRESS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show public note in address block ► (v4.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_REMOVE_INSTALL_WARNING&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Remove all security warnings that appear to administrator users if URL &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/install&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is public. You should solve the problem if warning occurs, instead of removing the warning! For this, create a file called &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;install.lock&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; into Dolibarr root directory. This will stop the warning but also make the page &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/install&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; not possible to use, to protect your installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_REPEATCONTACTONEACHTAB&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If added and set to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, this adds contacts on all tabs, not only main tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_REPLACE_TRANS_xx_XX&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Where &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;xx_XX&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is language code. If value is &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;string1:newstring1;string2:newstring2&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; then replace &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;string1&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;newstring1&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; in all translation done for language &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;xx_XX&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_ROUNDOFTOTAL_NOT_TOTALOFROUND&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Change way of rounding total TTC lines, rounding first of after.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_SERVER_TZ&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If you can&#039;t set the time zone of your PHP installation, set this constant. Better is to set it to UTC. In future, this constant will be forced to &#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;UTC&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039; so PHP server time zone will not have effect any more. Examples: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Europe/Paris&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;auto&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_SEARCH_FORM_ON_HOME_AREAS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show the search form on home page areas for core modules (Removed after v5 due to global search combo) ► (v6.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_SEARCHFORM_SUPPLIER_INVOICE_DISABLED&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable the supplier invoice on the search form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_SEARCH_DIRECT_OPEN_IF_ONLY_ONE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If only one result is found, then setting this value to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will take you direct to the item (default method).  Setting the value to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will show the result in the list as a single result ► (v5.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_SERVICES_ARE_ECOMMERCE_200238EC&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If seller and buyer are in Europe and buyer is not a company, use the VAT of buying country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_SHOW_TUNING_INFO&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add tuning information into JavaScript console. Better when xdebug is enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_SHOW_TECHNICAL_ID&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show also technical IDs on elements cards or some lists (not supported everywhere).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_SHOWDATABASENAMEINHELPPAGESLINK&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show database name in upper help menu ► (v8.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_USE_ALTERNATE_TRANSLATION_FOR&#039;&#039;&#039; ► List of fields per object that need an alternate translation. Example: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;MAIN_USE_ALTERNATE_TRANSLATION_FOR=societe:name,town;contact:firstname,lastname&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_USE_HOURMIN_IN_DATE_RANGE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► On all entities lines (invoice, order, contract...), it is possible to add hour and minutes with date on fields &amp;quot;date start&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;date end&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_USE_JQUERY_JEDITABLE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allow to update from screen, directly into database, some properties of elements (invoices, proposals, ...) using Ajax. This make response time faster, but avoid using this feature, because it bypasses some business actions (updates on other data that should be done consistently) and ignores business controls on data you saved. Consequently this feature breaks consistency of data and possibly the stability of the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_USE_JQUERY_MULTISELECT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allow to use Ajax when a choice that require multiselect is used (for the moment only external modules uses select box with multiselect values). Set the value to the jQuery plugin name to use (multiselect, multiple-select, select2…). Setting it to any other value will result in unwanted side-effects and/or bugs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_USE_OLD_SEARCH_FORM&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Display the old search form in left menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_VAT_DEFAULT_IF_AUTODETECT_FAILS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allow to force the VAT rate to a given value (instead of higher VAT rate of country) if the VAT rate of product was not defined.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_UNKNOWN_CUSTOMERS_ARE_COMPANIES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If we can&#039;t guess if a thirdparty is a company or individual (not VAT ID fill, no Prof ID fill, no type of thirdparty fill), then we suppose it is a company (B2B business) instead of an individual (B2C business).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_USE_VAT_COMPANIES_IN_EEC_WITH_INVALID_VAT_ID_ARE_INDIVIDUAL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► For intra CEE sales, we use by default, on proposal, order or invoice creation, a 0 VAT for customers that are companies (see MAIN_UNKNOWN_CUSTOMERS_ARE_COMPANIES to change behaviour to know if a thirdparty is a company or an individual). But if the option MAIN_USE_VAT_COMPANIES_IN_EEC_WITH_INVALID_VAT_ID_ARE_INDIVIDUAL is set, we will use the 0 VAT only if a VAT ID is defined for the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_USE_VAT_OF_PRODUCT_FOR_INDIVIDUAL_CUSTOMER_OUT_OF_EEC&#039;&#039;&#039; ► For to use the default VAT of product for individual customers that are out E.E.C. (European Economic Community) ► (v7.0+). &#039;&#039;There is no reason to use this.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_VIEW_LINE_NUMBER&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Shows a line number for each line of products/services at documents like proposal / order / invoice. Only on screen, not on PDF.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_VIEW_LINE_NUMBER_IN_LIST&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Shows a line number in lists ► (v12.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_VOLUME_DEFAULT_ROUND&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Accuracy of volume (number of decimals)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_VOLUME_DEFAULT_UNIT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Default unit for weight (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;0=kg&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;-3=g&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, ...)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_WEIGHT_DEFAULT_ROUND&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Accuracy of weight (number of decimals)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_WEIGHT_DEFAULT_UNIT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Default unit for weight (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;0=kg&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;-3=g&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, ...)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;USER_HIDE_INACTIVE_IN_COMBOBOX&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable display inactive users in combobox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DISABLE_PDF_THUMBS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable thumbs PDF in case of imagick bug&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_KEEP_REF_CUSTOMER_ON_CLONING&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Keep the Customer Reference on cloned object (Propal/Invoice)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DONT_KEEP_NOTE_ON_CLONING&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Remove the object notes during cloning ► (v11.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DOC_SORT_FIELD&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set the default sorting field on document page (name by default) ► (v11.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DOC_SORT_ORDER&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set the default sorting order (ASC or DESC) on document page (ASC by default) ► (v11.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_USE_ZIPTOWN_DICTIONNARY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Use dictionary ZIP for create card.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_USE_TOP_MENU_SEARCH_DROPDOWN&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show search in top menu with theme eldy ► (v11.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PHONE_SEPAR&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Separ phone number other space ► (v12.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;GRAPH_USE_FISCAL_YEAR&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Widgets uses fiscal year&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SHOW_SOCINFO_ON_PRINT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Permit to add user company information on each printed document (when click on Dolibarr print button) ► (v12.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_FEATURES_LEVEL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Level of features to show: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;-1=stable+deprecated&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;0=stable only (default)&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;1=stable+experimental&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;2=stable+experimental+development&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_SHOW_TECHNICAL_ID&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show technical id for object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_HTTP_CONTENT_SECURITY_POLICY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allows you to fill in the content security rules ► (v6.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SOCIETE_ON_SEARCH_AND_LIST_GO_ON_CUSTOMER_OR_SUPPLIER_CARD&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allow to change the link of the third party to customer/supplier card instead of contact card on List.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MODULE_SETUP_ON_LIST_BY_DEFAULT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If set to &amp;quot;common&amp;quot; the setup module becomes list by defaut&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PAGESIZE_CHOICES&#039;&#039;&#039;  ► Configure select field to choose number of lines displayed on listing (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;10:10,15:15,20:20,30:30,40:40,50:50,100:100,250:250,500:500,1000:1000,5000:5000&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_USE_TOP_MENU_QUICKADD_DROPDOWN&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add a dropdown menu with shortcuts to create new objects ► (v13.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_EMAILCOLLECTOR_MAIL_WITHOUT_HEADER&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Remove the header stored by email collector ► (v13.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_USE_VAT_OF_PRODUCT_FOR_COMPANIES_IN_EEC_WITH_INVALID_VAT_ID&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_OPTIMIZEFORTEXTBROWSER&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Optimise interface for a text only browser. This variable is set to 1 automatically if your browser is lynx or links&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_NB_OF_YEAR_IN_WIDGET_GRAPH&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set the number of years visible on some graph of some widgets (2 is default value)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_CREATEFROM_KEEP_LINE_ORIGIN_INFORMATION&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;API_DISABLE_LOGIN_API&#039;&#039;&#039; ►(v14.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_LOGIN_BADCHARUNAUTHORIZED&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add possibility to define bad character unauthorized into login name REGEX expression (Default value is @&amp;lt;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;\&#039;)  ► (v16.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_SHOW_ALL_FILES_ON_DOCUMENT_TOOLTIP&#039;&#039;&#039;  ► Add all files visible from the object to be visible from the list of object.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_LIST_ALLOW_PUBLIC_NOTES&#039;&#039;&#039;  ► Display public notes on list&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_LIST_ALLOW_PRIVATE_NOTES&#039;&#039;&#039;  ► Display private notes on list&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_CHECKBOX_LEFT_COLUMN&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Display private check boxes on the left ► (v17.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_STATS_GRAPHS_SHOW_N_YEARS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Nb of years to shows in widget and graph ► (v14.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_HOOK_DEBUG&#039;&#039;&#039; ► if &amp;gt;=2 the hook in the logs are more verbose ► (v18.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_ENABLE_AJAX_TOOLTIP&#039;&#039;&#039; ► if 1 the tooltips are updated with AJAX request ► (v18.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_NO_INPUT_PRICE_WITH_TAX&#039;&#039;&#039; ► if 1 the TTC input field is removed from propal/invoices/... ► (v17.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DISABLE_SELECT2_FOCUS_PROTECTION&#039;&#039;&#039; ► if 1 disable the focus protection ► (v17.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_USE_ADVANCED_PERMS ►&#039;&#039;&#039; Add advanced user permission&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Security Options=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_SECURITY_ANTI_SSRF_SERVER_IP&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Can set a complete list of IPs of server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_SECURITY_CSRF_WITH_TOKEN&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Activate a second anti-CSRF protection on POST (so a POST from another web site can&#039;t be done). Note there is already a default protection using test on referrer. This second protection uses TOKEN on forms and is more powerful. ► (v5.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MODULES_FOR_EXTERNAL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Limit available modules for external users. By default value is &#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;facture,commande,contact,propal,projet,contrat,societe,ficheinter,expedition,agenda&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_ALLOW_SVG_FILES_AS_IMAGES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allow to use SVG file as image files. Warning: This may introduce security vulnerability (javascript can be embedded into SVG file).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_RESTRICTHTML_ONLY_VALID_HTML&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Refused parameter if value is not a valid HTML content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_RESTRICTHTML_REMOVE_ALSO_BAD_ATTRIBUTES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Sanitize also non standard attributes on HTML content.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_SECURITY_SALT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► A salt string to base the hashing on. 8 strings length recommended.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_SECURITY_MAX_IMG_IN_HTML_CONTENT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Maximum number of Images on the HTML content&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Adherent Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MEMBER_NEWFORM_FORCEMORPHY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Force nature of member set to &amp;quot;phy&amp;quot; for physical or to &amp;quot;mor&amp;quot; for moral ► (v12.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MEMBER_ALLOW_CHANGE_OF_TYPE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Member can edit their type on public subscription page ► (v13.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;ADHERENT_DEFAULT_CREATE_THIRDPARTY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Thirdparty is created when creating a new member ► (v13.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MEMBER_SUBSCRIPTION_SUGGEST_END_OF_MONTH&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If set to 1, the member subscription end date will be suggested for the end of the month ► (v18.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MEMBER_SUBSCRIPTION_SUGGEST_END_OF_YEAR&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If set to 1, the member subscription end date will be suggested for the end of the year ► (v18.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_NB_OF_YEAR_IN_MEMBERSHIP_WIDGET_GRAPH&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If set, it limits the number of years visible on graph and widgets of membership (empty is default value to show all) ► (v18.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Accountancy Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;ACCOUNTANCY_COMBO_FOR_AUX&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add graphic option for ACCOUNTANCY_COMBO_FOR_AUX. Having this option on may slow down and even freeze the accounting features if you have a very large number of thirdparties ► (v10.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;ACCOUNTING_DEFAULT_NOT_NOTIFIED_VALIDATION_DATE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Avoid validating the lines with the accountancy export.(1= box unchecked by default / 0 = box checked by default) ► (v14.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;ACCOUNTING_DEFAULT_NOT_NOTIFIED_EXPORT_DATE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Avoid flagging the lines as exported with the accountancy export.(1= box unchecked by default / 0 = box checked by default) ► (v14.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Agenda Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;AGENDA_ALL_CALENDARS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Change the default view of calendar pages to see all the Agenda&#039;s (instead or yours only be default)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;AGENDA_AUTOSET_END_DATE_WITH_DELTA_HOURS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► To automatically set end date of event to start date + delta on event creation page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;AGENDA_DISABLE_LOCATION&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable location field in action card  ► (&amp;gt;=v5.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;AGENDA_MAX_EVENTS_DAY_VIEW&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Define the maximum number of visible entries for each day in agenda. Default value is 3. Value 0 means no limit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;AGENDA_USE_EVENT_TYPE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add a mandatory field &amp;quot;Type&amp;quot; when creating an event (&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;deprecated&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_ADD_EVENT_ON_ELEMENT_CARD&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allow to create an event from a document (proposal, order, invoice)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;AGENDA_SUPPORT_PRIORITY_IN_EVENTS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allow to have priorities in events ► (&amp;gt;=v13.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;AGENDA_ADDACTIONFORPHONE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allow you to create a event from phone number ► (=&amp;lt;v12.0) - Need to be fix for (=&amp;gt;v12.0) https://github.com/Dolibarr/dolibarr/issues/22720&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;AGENDA_ADDACTIONFOREMAIL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allow you to create a event from Email ► (=&amp;lt;v12.0) - Need to be fix for (=&amp;gt;v12.0) https://github.com/Dolibarr/dolibarr/issues/22720&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=Bank Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;BANK_CAN_RECONCILIATE_CASHACCOUNT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Can reconciliate cash accounts ► (v3.8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;BANK_DISABLE_CHECK_DEPOSIT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable check deposit feature&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;BANK_ASK_PAYMENT_BANK_DURING_ORDER&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Ask bank account during creation of an order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;BANK_ASK_PAYMENT_BANK_DURING_PROPOSAL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Ask bank account during creation of a proposal&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;BANK_USE_OLD_VARIOUS_PAYMENT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► To allow to enter miscellaneous payments (not covered by other modules) using old method. &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Deprecated&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. Entering various payment is preferred ► (&amp;lt;=v12.0).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_IBAN_IS_NEVER_MANDATORY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► IBAN and BIC informations not mandatory. (V15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=BOM and MO Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;ALLOW_USE_KITS_INTO_BOM_AND_MO&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;BOM_SUB_BOM&#039;&#039;&#039; ►Allow to add a BOM in another BOM►(v16.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Bookmarks Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;BOOKMARKS_SHOW_IN_MENU&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Numbers of bookmark entries to be displayed (10 by default)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Inalterable Log Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;BLOCKEDLOG_ADD_ACTIONS_SUPPORTED&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Can complete list of triggered action that are logged&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Category-Tags Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CATEGORY_SHOW_COUNTS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Shows nb of object by tags in tag tree&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contracts=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CONTRACT_SUPPORT_PRODUCTS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Products are also suggested into module contract.&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CONTRACT_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD&#039;&#039;&#039; ► When a PDF is generated, a share key is automatically set so the file can be downloaded using the share key. ► (v7.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CONTRACT_HIDE_PLANNED_DATE_ON_PDF&#039;&#039;&#039; ► allows you to not display dates on pdf files.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CONTRACT_HIDE_REAL_DATE_ON_PDF&#039;&#039;&#039; ► allows you to not display dates on pdf files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Cron module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CRON_DISABLE_KEY_CHANGE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► When you provide an instance to a customer, you probably also add an entry in the cron of this user so Dolibarr batch and scheduler can work correctly. For security purpose, it may have a security key that is inside the command line into the cron entry and this entry must match the value defined into Dolibarr setup (setup of module &#039;Scheduled Jobs&#039;). Because, a customer of a Saas platform will probably have no access to edit the cron file, it is also import that he has no way to edit the key into the Dolibarr setup, so the key in the cron command line will always match the key in Dolibarr setup, and the Dolibarr batches will executed without security errors. To be sure, the customer does not change the value, you can set this constant to 1 into the table [[Table_llx_const]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CRON_DISABLE_TUTORIAL_CRON&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable the tutorial about how to install the cron script (on a SaaS hosting, this should be done by the web hosting provider)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CRON_WARNING_DELAY_HOURS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set this value to the frequency set for the cron script (so a warning will be shown to user to warn it about max frequency of its scheduled jobs)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Direct Debit Orders=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;WITHDRAWAL_ALLOW_ANY_INVOICE_STATUS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If this option is set, all invoices status (even already paid) may appear on the list of invoices qualified for a direct debit payment. This is the list of invoices with a payment request done, and not linked to a direct debit payment. By default, only &amp;quot;unpayed&amp;quot; invoices are used to avoid to pay twice the same invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Donation Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;DONATION_USE_THIRDPARTIES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If this option is set, a thirdparty field appear on donation forms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=Email=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAILFORM_DISABLE_ENTERKEY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Activate JavaScript code to disable the enter key in the MAIL form. ► (&amp;gt;= 8.0.1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIL_PREFIX_FOR_EMAIL_ID&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Prefix for the mails ID. Default value is &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;$_SERVER[&amp;quot;SERVER_NAME&amp;quot;]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; ► (&amp;gt;= 8.0.1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAIL_DEBUG&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Write content with header of last mail into file &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;dolibarr_mail.log&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; into directory &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;dolibarr_main_data_root&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAIL_DEBUG_ERR_WITH_DATE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Use a different filename (by adding a prefix of date) for each email sent with error when MAIN_MAIL_DEBUG.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAIL_DEBUG_LOG_WITH_DATE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Use a different filename (by adding a prefix of date) to log each email sent (whatever is result) when MAIN_MAIL_DEBUG.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAIL_FORCE_FROM&#039;&#039;&#039; ► (v19+) Can force the value into the From field of the SMTP header. Note that email sender is always saved into the &amp;quot;Reply-To&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAIL_ALLOW_SENDMAIL_F&#039;&#039;&#039; ► On Linux or BSD system, PHP email function use the command sendmail local to server. In some cases, the sender email must be provided on command line of sendmail with option &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;-f&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. This option is here to ask Dolibarr to call the function mail of PHP by adding value for the option &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;-f&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. Note that in most cases, even with sendmail, sender email is correctly managed as it is added in the email technical header. This option is here only for setup or version of sendmail that ask the -f option to be mandatory or for sendmail setup that does not use by default the From of the header email to define the sender (with this option, the from can be forced on command line to avoid to have the from lost by sendmail).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAIL_SENDMAIL_FORCE_BA&#039;&#039;&#039; ► On Linux or BSD system, PHP email function use the command sendmail local to server. In some case, we want to recipient to be provided to sendmail into the email content instead of its command line parameter. For this we must add the -ba parameter to sendmail. This option asks PHP to provide this parameter when sending a mail. Note that another solution is to edit the mail.force_extra_parameters=-ba into &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;php.ini&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAIL_NO_FULL_EMAIL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Recipient email and sender are cleaned to be on form &amp;quot;&amp;lt;email&amp;gt;&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;Name &amp;lt;email&amp;gt;&amp;quot;. This might solve problem of compatibility with very old mailers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_FIX_FOR_BUGGED_MTA&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Some MTA agent are bugged and add some CR chars each time they saw a LF. Because Dolibarr emails are forged to be already cleaned, if MTA agent do that, you will send an email with two CR chars. This may result in having recipient not able to read your email. To fix this, add this constant to 1. Dolibarr will then create an email that is not RFC compliant but because the MTA agent is bugged, the email will be modified and become correct during sending, solving the problem of bad email received. Add this constant if your recipient experience problems when opening email for example users using webmail of &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;orange.fr&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; or &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;hotmail.com&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAIL_DO_NOT_USE_SIGN&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Do not add user signature at end of suggested pre-defined email&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAIL_FORCE_NOT_SENDING_TO&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If en email is defined into this variable, emails will never be sent to this email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIL_FORCE_DELIVERY_RECEIPT_INVOICE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set default as &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; on requesting delivery receipt when sending email through the &#039;&#039;Customer Invoice&#039;&#039; module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIL_FORCE_DELIVERY_RECEIPT_ORDER&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set default as &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; on requesting delivery receipt when sending email through the &#039;&#039;Customer Order&#039;&#039; module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIL_FORCE_DELIVERY_RECEIPT_PROPAL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set default as &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; on requesting delivery receipt when sending email through the &#039;&#039;Customer Proposal&#039;&#039; module.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIL_FORCE_DELIVERY_RECEIPT_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set default as &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; on requesting delivery receipt when sending email through the &#039;&#039;Supplier Proposal&#039;&#039; module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_EMAIL_SUPPORT_ACK ►&#039;&#039;&#039; Restore email acknowledgment checkbox on sending emails. This feature is commonly abandoned by mailers. Active from Dolibarr V17 - see [https://github.com/Dolibarr/dolibarr/blob/33744f74da1a5c20f8aa9950018ab4e549e00205/ChangeLog#L53 changelog]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_EMAIL_USECCC&#039;&#039;&#039; ► 1 = Shows field BCC into email forms, If value is an email = Shows the BCC pre filled with the email value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAIL_AUTOCOPY_PROPOSAL_TO&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAIL_AUTOCOPY_ORDER_TO&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAIL_AUTOCOPY_INVOICE_TO&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAIL_AUTOCOPY_SHIPMENT_TO&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAIL_AUTOCOPY_..._TO&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Email to use as a BCC recipient when sending email for proposal, order or invoice. You can make this value visible by setting MAIN_EMAIL_USECCC (to 1 or to another email, see previous point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_EMAIL_ADD_TRACK_ID&#039;&#039;&#039; ► When value is 1 (this is also default value if option is not set): The record &amp;quot;Message-id&amp;quot; added into smtp header includes a tracking id to define where the email was sent from. When value is 2: you send an email from third party card, the sender email is completed with the email source tracking string  &amp;quot;+thiXXX&amp;quot; on email (your email will be sent with the &amp;quot;From&amp;quot; that is myname+thi123@mycompany.com). So when user receiving email will make &amp;quot;Answer&amp;quot;, email will be sent to myname@mycompany.com but with the tracking id included (into header or into target email), allowing you to know to which third party or object, the email exchange is related to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_IN_SAME_EMAIL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Restrict sending of 1 email message to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; recipients for same email message (x for To: + CC: + BCC:). If not defined, value is &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;10&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. Required to fight against spamming that include 1000 recipients in 1 message. Note that &#039;&#039;&#039;MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_TO_IN_SAME_EMAIL&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_CC_IN_SAME_EMAIL&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_BCC_IN_SAME_EMAIL&#039;&#039;&#039; are also available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAIL_FORCE_CONTENT_TYPE_TO_HTML&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Force to send all email (event with text only content) as HTML formatted email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAIL_USE_MULTI_PART&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Forge email content using an alternate text part ► (for 5.0.2+). By default with 6.0+&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_INFO_SOCIETE_MAIL_ALIASES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► add address aliases for the from field on mail. Set his value with &amp;quot;Firstname Name &amp;lt;firstname.lastname@mydomain.tld, Otherfirstname OtherlastName &amp;lt;othermail@mydomain.tld&amp;gt;,...&amp;quot; ► (v5.0.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAIL_ADD_INLINE_IMAGES_IF_IN_MEDIAS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If images were stored into the medias directory from CKEditor, then images into emails are replaced with &amp;quot;inline content&amp;quot;. This may increase seriously risk of being detected as SPAM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_COPY_FILE_IN_EVENT_AUTO&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add attachment document on event auto generated by sending email from dolibarr. ► (v6.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_EXTERNAL_SMTP_CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► (A better name of this option should be MAIN_EXTERNAL_MAIL_CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS). Set here the list of IPs where your Dolibarr instances are hosted. So when your customer go into the setup area of email:&lt;br /&gt;
**If he chose mail method, a message will explain him how to setup its SPF record for its email domain (showing the list of IP). This is to avoid to have its emails, sent from its Dolibarr instance, fails due to strict antispam rule of some emailing servers.&lt;br /&gt;
**If he chose smtp method, a message will explain him the list of IP he can use if there is restriction on IP by the SMTP agent. If you also need to add a message to help SPF setup, see option &#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_EXTERNAL_SMTP_SPF_STRING_TO_ADD&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAIL_ENABLED_USER_DEST_SELECT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show also internal users into list of recipients of email in email sending form ► (v8.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=SMS= &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_SMS_DEBUG&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Write content of SMS sent into file &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;dolibarr_sms.log&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; into directory &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;dolibarr_main_data_root&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Emailing Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAILING_PREFIX_FOR_EMAIL_ID&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set the value that will be used to compose the &amp;quot;Email ID&amp;quot; into email headers. If you set this value to &#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;SERVER_NAME&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039;, the virtual host of web server will be used. By default, this is not defined, so a hash key, unique to each instance, is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAILING_NO_USING_PHPMAIL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If set, the module emailing can&#039;t be used with mail setup of &amp;quot;phpmail&amp;quot;. Using a thirdparty SMTP server is required. You can complete warning message by adding an email to contact for setup help with constant &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;MAILING_SMTP_SETUP_EMAILS_FOR_QUESTIONS&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAILING_SMTP_SETUP_EMAILS_FOR_QUESTIONS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Contains the email of contact to show into the message visible to a user when he try to use emailing module without SMTP server and if option &#039;&#039;&#039;MAILING_NO_USING_PHPMAIL&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAILING_LIMIT_WARNING_PHPMAIL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show a warning message (var contains the &#039;&#039;&#039;message to show&#039;&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;&#039;translation key&#039;&#039;&#039;) on emailing send form if setup is on &amp;quot;phpmail&amp;quot;. Note: The application always try to translation the message considering the message is a translation key, before showing the translation or message if translation was not found.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAILING_LIMIT_WARNING_NOPHPMAIL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show a warning message (var contains the &#039;&#039;&#039;message to show&#039;&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;&#039;translation key&#039;&#039;&#039;) on emailing send form if setup is something else than &amp;quot;phpmail&amp;quot;. Note: The application always try to translation the message considering the message is a translation key, before showing the translation or message if translation was not found.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;EMAILING_USE_ADVANCED_SELECTOR&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Enable the advanced selector for recipients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAILING_LIMIT_SENDBYWEB&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Restrict number of emails you can send in same sending session with emailing module from GUI. The value &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;dolibarr_mailing_limit_sendbyweb&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot; if defined into config file is used in priority for this limit. A negative value means, sending by web is forbidden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAILING_LIMIT_SENDBYCLI&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Restrict number of emails you can send in same sending session with emailing module from CLI script. The value &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;dolibarr_mailing_limit_sendbycli&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot; if defined into config file is used in priority for this limit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Expense Report=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;EXPENSEREPORT_ALLOW_OVERLAPPING_PERIODS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Can enter several expense reports on same or overlapping date periods. ► (v7.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;EXPENSEREPORT_OVERRIDE_VAT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Setting this constant to 1 will allow expense reports to show VAT even if the global VAT setting is off ► (v10.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;EXPENSEREPORT_USE_OLD_NUMBERING_RULE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► The module Expense Report use numbering rules that you can setup (like other modules do). If you need to keep the hard-coded numbering rule of expenses report used in v6.0 set this constant to 1 ► (&amp;gt;=v7.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_USE_EXPENSE_IK&#039;&#039;&#039; ► This feature allows you to set index kilometres against a mileage index for different types of vehicles. ► (v7.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_USE_EXPENSE_RULE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► This feature allows you to set a variety of rules per user/group/all so they can only create reports within their limits. ► (v7.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Export Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;EXPORT_CSV_SEPARATOR_TO_USE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► String value to use as default separator to delimit fields of exported files (by default Dolibarr uses &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;,&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot;). Example: EXPORT_CSV_SEPARATOR_TO_USE=&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;EXPORT_CSV_FORCE_CHARSET&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Choose the charset used in the output file built by the CSV exporter. By default it is ISO-8859-1. Example: EXPORT_CSV_FORCE_CHARSET= &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;utf-8&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;EXPORTTOOL_CATEGORIES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Can export categories (several lines) into one column with the &amp;quot;product export profile&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;USE_STRICT_CSV_RULES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Use strict/real CSV format for export. Do not clean/replace CR+LF with &#039;\n&#039; but quote them using the escaping CSV char (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;EXPORTS_SHARE_MODELS&#039;&#039;&#039;  ► Share export models between users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Foundation Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MEMBER_URL_REDIRECT_SUBSCRIPTION&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Link called and shown when a member account is autocreated in member module by a guest user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MEMBER_EXT_URL_SUBSCRIPTION_INFO&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Link of external page pointed by the &amp;quot;Show here&amp;quot; link added in front of payment cell, into the page to make online subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Interventions Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;FICHINTER_CLASSIFY_BILLED&#039;&#039;&#039;► Allow to classify an intervention card as &amp;quot;Billed&amp;quot;. This add also trigger &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;FICHINTER_CLASSIFY_BILLED&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; into list of possible automatic event into agenda.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;FICHINTER_DISABLE_DETAILS&#039;&#039;&#039;► Disable entry of details line on intervention. Can validate with no line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Invoice Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DEPOSIT_MULTI_TVA&#039;&#039;&#039; ► In deposits invoice, creates one line per VAT rate from the origin document ► (6.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_ALLOW_REUSE_OF_CREDIT_WHEN_PARTIALLY_REFUNDED&#039;&#039;&#039;* ► If a credit note was partially refunded (a refund was sent to the customer), with common situation, we wait to have the remain refunded too. With this option, it is possible to convert the remain of invoice into a discount to reuse it into another invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SUPPLIER_INVOICE_ALLOW_REUSE_OF_CREDIT_WHEN_PARTIALLY_REFUNDED&#039;&#039;&#039; ► See INVOICE_ALLOW_REUSE_OF_CREDIT_WHEN_PARTIALLY_REFUNDED, but for supplier credit notes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_CAN_ALWAYS_BE_EDITED&#039;&#039;&#039; changed in version 15 or 16 to &#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_CAN_BE_EDITED_EVEN_IF_PAYMENT_DONE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allow to edit invoices even if payment was started. Note: If the module &amp;quot;BlockedLog&amp;quot; is active (required in some countries for legal reasons), this will not change content of archived logs tracked by this module. By definition there is no way to change or remove archived records. It will just update data in your application and a new record to track your change into the read-only archive log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_CAN_ALWAYS_BE_REMOVED&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allow to always delete invoices (even if invoice is not last one). Note: If the module &amp;quot;BlockedLog&amp;quot; is active (required by some countries for legal reason), this will not change content of archived logs tracked by this module. By definition there is no way to change or remove archived records. It will just update data in your application and a new record to track your change into the read-only archive log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_CAN_NEVER_BE_REMOVED&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Never allow to delete invoices (except draft invoices with ref like (PROV%)).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_POSITIVE_CREDIT_NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► All amounts on PDF credit notes are positive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;FACTURE_DEPOSITS_ARE_JUST_PAYMENTS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► An old way to create initial payment. This treats deposit invoices as a special case and not as legal deposit invoice. Deposit invoices don&#039;t get counted on turnover. They are then applied as a payment, like a discount, on the final invoice. By default, when you include the deposit into draft of final invoice, the amount of final invoice is reduced. With this option, final amount is not reduced but a payment is registered. WARNING: In a lot of european countries, using this option is not allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;FACTURE_SENDBYEMAIL_FOR_ALL_STATUS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Can send invoice by email to customer even if invoice has status &amp;quot;draft&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_CREDIT_NOTE_STANDALONE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Start implementation to allow a credit note even without invoice (dangerous) ► (v3.9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_USE_SITUATION&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Enable the &amp;quot;situation invoice&amp;quot; feature. Warning, this feature is bugged and may not be compatible with the final version of the feature once the bug will be solved. Also, using the double-entry accountancy module is not possible when this option is on (due to the same design problem).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_USE_SITUATION_CREDIT_NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Enable the &amp;quot;situation credit note&amp;quot; feature (need &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;INVOICE_USE_SITUATION&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) ► (v8.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_USE_RETAINED_WARRANTY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Enable the retained warranty on invoice ► (v14.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_DISABLE_DEPOSIT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable deposit invoices&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_DISABLE_REPLACEMENT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable replacement invoices&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_DISABLE_CREDIT_NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable credit notes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_ADD_ZATCA_QR_CODE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add a QR code with format ZATCA (for Saudi Arabia) on PDF of invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;bdi&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_ADD_EXTRAFIELD_IN_NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add extrafields in note for canelle template ► (v17.0+)&amp;lt;/bdi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_DEFAULT_NOTE_PUBLIC&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;bdi&amp;gt;► Default text in public note&amp;lt;/bdi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: To decode a QR image of a ZATCA code: https://www.onlinebarcodereader.com/. You can also use the mobile application https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.posbankbh.einvoiceqrreader&amp;amp;gl=FR&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_GENERATE_DOCUMENTS_WITHOUT_VAT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► See PDF option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_GENERATE_DOCUMENTS_WITHOUT_VAT_COLUMN&#039;&#039;&#039; ► See PDF options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;WORKFLOW_BILL_ON_SHIPMENT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Change label of button with suitable label when you need to create invoice on shipments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD&#039;&#039;&#039; ► When a PDF is generated, a share key is automatically set so the file can be downloaded using the share key. Use the tag __DIRECTDOWNLOAD_URL_INVOICE__ in email template to insert it. ► (v7.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_POINTOFTAX_DATE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add Point of Tax Date on invoices for country-specific legality reasons ► (v4.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;FACTURE_ENABLE_NEGATIVE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Can validate an invoice when amount is negative&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;FACTURE_ENABLE_NEGATIVE_LINES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allows to add negative lines to an invoice ► (v8.0.2+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_USE_DEFAULT_DOCUMENT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allow user to select a default invoice documents models according to invoice type. On invoice create page, the model is dynamically changed on invoice type selection. ► (v9.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;FACTURE_REUSE_NOTES_ON_CREATE_FROM&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Reuse the Public Note and Private note of the previous object (Proposal,...) when creating the bill.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;FACTUREFOURN_REUSE_NOTES_ON_CREATE_FROM&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Reuse the Public Note and Private note of the previous object when creating the supplier bill ► (V13.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_SHOW_FACNUMBER_IN_DISCOUNT_LIST&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Display the reference of credit notes in discount list when creating the bill.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_ALLOW_FREE_REF&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Capability to change reference of an invoice. This will be possible as long as the invoice has the status “Draft” and only if your country is not in Europe(V11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_DISALLOW_REOPEN&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_MAX_FUTURE_DELAY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Numbers of seconds allowed for billing in the future ► (V14.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_AUTO_NEXT_MONTH_ON_LINES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Increase start date and end date by one month, if an invoice line is a clone of a time based service AND if this services started on the first day of month and ended on the last day of month ► (V13.0.1)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_KEEP_DISCOUNT_LINES_AS_IN_ORIGIN&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Does not change a line with a negative price into an absolute discount when creating an invoice ► (V16 ?)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICEREC_SET_AUTOFILL_DATE_START&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICEREC_SET_AUTOFILL_DATE_END ►&#039;&#039;&#039; Set start and end date to yes for lines of template invoice when created from a draft invoice ► (V16)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_REC_DATE_TO_YES&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;►&#039;&#039;&#039; Set start and end date to yes by default in add line form for template invoice ► (V16)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;INVOICE_SUBTYPE_ENABLED&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Extends Dolibarr standard invoice with more invoice types used in some countries. A combo box in the new invoice creation card allows the selection of &amp;quot;subtypes&amp;quot; with values from dictionary &amp;quot;Invoice Subtypes&amp;quot; ► (v19.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Leave=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_NON_WORKING_DAYS_INCLUDE_SATURDAY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set this value to 0 if you want to have the Saturday as a working day&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_NON_WORKING_DAYS_INCLUDE_SUNDAY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set this value to 0 if you want to have the Sunday as a working day&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Look or Theme=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_FAVICON_URL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► favicon url&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_EASTER_EGG_COMMITSTRIP&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show a comic image from the CommitStrip website. Images are refreshed daily. ► (v6.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_STATUS_USES_CSS&#039;&#039;&#039; ►  Change status design using new style ► (v10.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_INCLUDE_GLOBAL_STATS_IN_OPENED_DASHBOARD&#039;&#039;&#039; ► This conf will auto remove global stats box item if there are already in the new dashboard of opened elements and keep displayed stats on the opened item box (not only on mouse over) ► (v11.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_USE_TOP_MENU_SEARCH_DROPDOWN&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Actually only for eldy theme, this conf move search input  to top menu and use new design too ► (v11.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;THEME_AGRESSIVENESS_RATIO&#039;&#039;&#039; ► This conf can be used to increase/decrease aggressiveness of colors. Value 0 is medium, value is between -100 (light grey colors) to +100 (very flashy colors) ► (v11.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;THEME_SHOW_BORDER_ON_INPUT&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DISABLE_GLOBAL_WORKBOARD&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Hide the work board of the main page ► (v13.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DISABLE_GLOBAL_BOXSTATS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Hide the Statistic Box of the main page&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;ALLOW_THEME_JS ►&#039;&#039;&#039; Allow JS file in theme folder (same name as theme folder)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Manifest (Progressive Web App)=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MANIFEST_APPLI_THEME_COLOR ►&#039;&#039;&#039; Theme color for manifest&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MANIFEST_APPLI_BG_COLOR ►&#039;&#039;&#039; Background color  for manifest&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MANIFEST_APPLI_LOGO_URL  ►&#039;&#039;&#039; Logo for manifest&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MANIFEST_APPLI_LOGO_URL_SIZE  ►&#039;&#039;&#039; Logo url size for app (150, 192, 512px) missing 3 configurations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Order Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_ORDERLIST_CREATEBILLS_ONEBYTHIRD&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allow defining value for option &amp;quot;one by thirdparty&amp;quot; in massaction create bills from orders list page (no by default, yes if set to &#039;yes&#039; or 1) ► (v20.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_USE_PROPAL_REFCLIENT_FOR_ORDER&#039;&#039;&#039; =&amp;gt; Copy customer reference from proposal to order. ► (v7.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;ORDER_REQUIRE_SOURCE&#039;&#039;&#039; =&amp;gt; Make the input field &amp;quot;Source of order&amp;quot; mandatory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;ORDER_VALID_AFTER_CLOSE_PROPAL&#039;&#039;&#039; =&amp;gt; When an order is created on a proposal close, the order is directly defined with status &amp;quot;Validated&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;ORDER_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD&#039;&#039;&#039; =&amp;gt; When a PDF is generated, a share key is automatically set so the file can be downloaded using the share key. ► (v7.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;ORDER_ENABLE_NEGATIVE&#039;&#039;&#039; =&amp;gt; Can validate an order when amount is negative&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;THIRDPARTY_PROPAGATE_EXTRAFIELDS_TO_ORDER&#039;&#039;&#039; =&amp;gt; Copy also extrafields from thirdparty to order (if name match). ► (v11.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=PDF Options=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_ADD_PDF_BACKGROUND&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Define this constant with short name of a PDF file (example &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;mypdf.pdf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot;) that must be saved into directory &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;documents/mycompany&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot;. This will add PDF as a background of some of your generated PDF files (proposals,invoices,orders). If you need to concat PDF, see instead [[Module Concat PDF]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DISABLE_FORCE_SAVEAS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If your browser always asks to save downloaded files on disk (like PDF), try this this option. File may be displayed directly in your browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DISABLE_PDF_AUTOUPDATE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable automatic generation of PDF each time we add/update/delete a product line (we can still build document by clicking on &amp;quot;Generate&amp;quot;). This option may increase interface speed on servers with low CPU.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DISABLE_PDF_COMPRESSION&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable PDF compression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DOCUMENTS_WITH_PICTURE_WIDTH&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Can change size of picture when hidden option &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is used. By default value is &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;20&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_GENERATE_DOCUMENTS_SHOW_FOOT_DETAILS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Adding the company address at the bottom of the page. Disabled by default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Include the first image of the product into the line of the generated PDF for customer proposals.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_GENERATE_ORDERS_WITH_PICTURE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Include the first image of the product into the line of the generated PDF for customer orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_GENERATE_INVOICES_WITH_PICTURE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Include the first image of the product into the line of the generated PDF for customer invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_GENERATE_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL_WITH_PICTURE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Include the first image of the product into the line of the generated PDF for supplier proposals ► (v5.0.3+)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_GENERATE_SUPPLIER_ORDER_WITH_PICTURE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Include the first image of the product into the line of the generated PDF for supplier orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_GENERATE_DOCUMENTS_WITHOUT_VAT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable VAT on generated documents. like for an association. (Works with crabe template)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_GENERATE_DOCUMENTS_WITHOUT_VAT_COLUMN&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Hide column with VAT information but only column not total.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_INVERT_SENDER_RECIPIENT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Invert sender and recipient in some PDF. Note: This option is set automatically if country if Germany.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_ODT_AS_PDF&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Activate ODT to PDF conversion. Value can be &amp;quot;libreoffice&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;unoconv&amp;quot;. Do not use value &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&#039;jodconverter&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; any more, as it is declared deprecated and partly not functional, use value &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&#039;libreoffice&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; instead, it requires only &#039;&#039;&#039;soffice&#039;&#039;&#039; (OpenOffice or LibreOffice) installed on server (use &#039;&#039;&#039;apt install soffice libreoffice-common libreoffice-writer&#039;&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you got this error: javaldx failed! Warning: failed to read path from javaldx with no return to prompt when running soffice --headless -env:UserInstallation=file:&amp;quot;/tmp&amp;quot; --convert-to pdf --outdir xxx ./yyy.odt, check that directory defined into env:UserInstallation parameters exists and is writeable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also have a look at this page if your server is on Windows: [[Générer automatiquement des documents PDF à partir de fichier ODT avec Doliwamp]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_ODT_AS_PDF_DEL_SOURCE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► For ODT generation. If set, then initial behaviour is conserved but ODT file is removed when option to convert it as PDF (see previous) is on. Disabled by default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PDF_FORCE_FONT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► To ignore font defined into language file and force usage of a particular font. For example &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;DejaVuSans&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PDF_FORCE_FONT_SIZE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► To force size of font (by default 10). For example &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;12&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot; ► (v11.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PDF_FREETEXT_HEIGHT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Change height of space reserved to output the free text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PDF_TITLE_BACKGROUND_COLOR&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Can define a background color onto title line. Example: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;220,220,200&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PDF_USE_LARGE_LOGO&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Use the original logo with its higher resolution into the PDF instead of the small thumb. This may lead to very very large PDF !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_USE_BACKGROUND_ON_PDF&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Define this constant with short name of an image (example &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;myimage.jpg&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot;) that must be saved into directory &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;documents/mycompany/logos&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot;. This will add this background image into your generated PDF files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_USE_COMPANY_NAME_OF_CONTACT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Use contact name and information rather than company&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PDF_ADDALSOTARGETDETAILS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If 1, add details of recipient on generated PDFs (email, fax, url and phone). Can be useful in cases where a printed order/invoice etc is given to a delivery driver/courier etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_TVAINTRA_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show VAT N° in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries. Note that VAT number should be already visible in footer of page ► (v8.0.1+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add optional esign field in pdf propal ► (v8.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PROFID1_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show Professional ID 1 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PROFID2_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show Professional ID 2 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PROFID3_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show Professional ID 3 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PROFID4_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show Professional ID 4 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PROFID5_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show Professional ID 5 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PROFID6_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show Professional ID 6 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PDF_BANK_HIDE_NUMBER_SHOW_ONLY_BICIBAN&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Hide bank number (&amp;quot;code banque/guichet/compte&amp;quot; for France, &amp;quot;sort code/account number&amp;quot; for GB, ...) and keep only BIC/IBAN on PDF.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PDF_BOLD_PRODUCT_REF_AND_PERIOD&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add more visibility (bold) on product ref and period of service in desc. ► (v12.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PDF_HIDE_PRODUCT_REF_IN_SUPPLIER_LINES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Modify the use/position of Supplier Ref/Internal Ref with the item Label (name) on PDF documents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Default (constant not set or Value &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;): Internal ref followed by supplier ref in brackets.&amp;quot;COMPANY-REF-001 (Vendor SKU SUPPLIER-REF-001) - LABEL...&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Value &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: Supplier ref only eg.&amp;quot;SUPPLIER-REF-001 - LABEL...&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Value &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: Supplier ref followed by internal ref in brackets. eg.&amp;quot;SUPPLIER-REF-001 (InternalRef COMPANY-REF-001) - LABEL...&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PDF_INCLUDE_ALIAS_IN_THIRDPARTY_NAME&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Include alternative/alias name into name on PDF.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Encrypt PDF produced by dolibarr ► (v?) . See additional parameters :PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_RIGHTS (block &#039;modify&#039; or &#039;copy&#039;) - &#039;&#039;&#039;PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_USERPASS&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_OWNERPASS&#039;&#039;&#039; (random if not specified) - &#039;&#039;&#039;PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_STRENGTH&#039;&#039;&#039; (0 = RC4 40 bit; 1 = RC4 128 bit; 2 = AES 128 bit; 3 = AES 256 bit) - &#039;&#039;&#039;PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_PUBKEYS&#039;&#039;&#039; Array of recipients containing public-key certificates (&#039;c&#039;) and permissions (&#039;p&#039;) - For example: array(array(&#039;c&#039; =&amp;gt; &#039;file://../examples/data/cert/tcpdf.crt&#039;, &#039;p&#039; =&amp;gt; array(&#039;print&#039;)))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PDF_SHOW_PROJECT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show project onto PDF (supported on supplier order only for the moment)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PDF_USE_1A&#039;&#039;&#039; ► PDF files produced by dolibarr respect PDF/A standard ► (v?)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PDF_USE_ALSO_LANGUAGE_CODE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► The value of this constant must be a language code (&#039;fr_FR&#039;, &#039;en_US&#039;, &#039;sa_SA&#039;, ...). If set, the PDF document will contains both language (default and the one defined by the constant).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;DOC_SHOW_FIRST_SALES_REP&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show the sales representant on header (at least on propal azur and rubis template)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PDF_DASH_BETWEEN_LINES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SHOW_SUBPRODUCT_REF_IN_PDF&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PDF_HIDE_PRODUCT_LABEL_IN_SUPPLIER_LINES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► hide product label in supplier order lines (V15+)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SHIPPING_PDF_DISPLAY_AMOUNT_HT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show HT unit price and HT total price for lines of PDF shipment&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DOCUMENTS_HIDE_DESCRIPTION_FOR_FACTURE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► To Hide product description in Customer Invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DOCUMENTS_HIDE_DESCRIPTION_FOR_COMMANDE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► To Hide product description in Sales Order&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DOCUMENTS_HIDE_DESCRIPTION_FOR_ORDER_SUPPLIER&#039;&#039;&#039; ► To Hide product description in Purchase Order&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DOCUMENTS_HIDE_DESCRIPTION_FOR_INVOICE_SUPPLIER&#039;&#039;&#039; ► To Hide product description in Vendor Invoice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PDF_PROPAL_SHOW_PRICE_INCL_TAX&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Display price with tax on Proposal(cyan template), Order(eratosthene template), Bill(sponge template) (V17+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Point of Sale (POS)=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CASHDESK_SHOW_KEYPAD&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show a mouse key pad into the &#039;Simple Point of Sale&#039; module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;POS_ADDON&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set this value to an existing numbering module rule (for example &#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;mod_facture_terre&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039;, &#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;mod_facture_mars&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039;, ...) to force the numbering module to use for invoice ref definition when invoice is created by the POS. For example setting value &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;POS_ADDON&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to &#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;mod_facture_terre&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039; will use the numbering module &#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;terre&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039; for invoice generated from POS, whatever is the numbering rule defined into invoice module setup (you can also use POS_NUMBERING_TERRE_FORCE_PREFIX and POS_NUMBERING_MARS_FORCE_PREFIX variable to change the prefix used).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;TAKEPOS_ENABLE_SUMUP&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Enable the compatibility of TakePOS with the card reader terminal [https://SumUp.fr SumUp]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;TAKEPOS_CAN_FORCE_BANK_ACCOUNT_DURING_PAYMENT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Possibility to force the bank account during the payment in TakePOS  ► (v13.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;TAKEPOS_CONTROL_CASH_OPENING&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Control the cash opening&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;TAKEPOS_NUMPAD_FORCE_PAYMENT_ICONS_LABELS&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Products Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CATEGORY_GRAPHSTATS_ON_PRODUCTS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show graph of products with categories and totals in Products Area screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PRODUCT_DISABLE_CUSTOMCOUNTRYCODE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Avoid customs code and country of origin to be set as product description when added to Propal/Order/Invoice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_ADD_TYPE_IN_DOCUMENTS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add text &amp;quot;Product&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Service&amp;quot; at beginning of details lines on built PDF documents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_DONOTSEARCH_ANYWHERE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► When Ajax search is enabled, search is done on criteria anywhere in label of product. By adding this option, search is done only on start of label. This is really faster when you have a huge number of products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DIRECT_STATUS_UPDATE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allows you to change the status of the product (&#039;&#039;for sale/not for sale for purchase/not for purchase&#039;&#039;) directly on the product page via a &#039;&#039;on/off&#039;&#039; switch button. This can be convenient for those who need to quickly disable certain statuses of products without having to go through the editing product page individually. Also can be very useful if used as a filter on the product and product search list. This option doesn&#039;t generate a MODIFY trigger, so be careful with external modules. ► (v4.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_SEARCH_PRODUCT_BY_FOURN_REF&#039;&#039;&#039; ►  Allow to search a product by supplier ref in document&#039;s add line form. ► (&amp;gt;= 8.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_DISABLE_FREE_LINES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disallow using free lines to add line in documents ► (&amp;gt;= 8.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_SHOW_PRODUCT_ACTIVITY_TRIM&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show Product and Services turnover before for all four quarters tax over recent years recent years on the product area ► (v5.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUIT_DESC_IN_LIST&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show long description of product/service into lists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_DISABLE_PROPAGATE_CUSTOMER_PRICES_ON_CHILD_COMPANIES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable propagation of prices per customer from a customer to its child company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_DISABLE_PUBLIC_URL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable public url in product card ► (v14.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_DISABLE_STOCK_LEVELS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable properties of stock limits and desired optimal value on product ► (v14.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_DISABLE_NATURE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable nature in product card ► (v14.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_DISABLE_WEIGHT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable weight in product card ► (v14.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_DISABLE_PRICES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable prices in product card ► (v14.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_DISABLE_ACCOUNTING&#039;&#039;&#039;  ► Disable accounting in product card ► (v14.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_DISABLE_SIZE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable size in product card.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_DISABLE_LENGTH&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable length in product card ► (v4.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_DISABLE_SURFACE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable surface in product card. ► (v4.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_DISABLE_VOLUME&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable volume in product card.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_DISABLE_CUSTOM_INFO&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable custom info (custom code and country origin) in product/service card.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUIT_MULTIPRICES_USE_VAT_PER_LEVEL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► When option to use price per level/segment is on, this allows to also set a dedicated vat for each price level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUIT_CUSTOMER_PRICES_BY_QTY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If price per quantity ► &#039;&#039;Experimental&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUIT_CUSTOMER_PRICES_BY_QTY_MULTIPRICES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If price per quantity and customer ► &#039;&#039;Experimental&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_LOT_ENABLE_QUALITY_CONTROL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Enable feature (Display fields for life time and quality control duration) for quality control on product and lot&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_MAX_LENGTH_COMBO&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Limit the length of the label displayed when adding lines in proposals/invoices/orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_MAX_VISIBLE_PHOTO&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show a maximum number of product photos (as thumbnails) on the product main card. Example, setting this constant to &#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;5&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039; will show the first five product photos found on the product card.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUIT_PDF_MERGE_PROPAL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Enable module Propal merge product PDF&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_USE_OLD_PATH_FOR_PHOTO&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Ask dolibarr to check also old path (before 3.7) where photos were stored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_USE_UNITS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add other units on products (Use same dictionary as default unit feature) and propagate this unit on line of documents.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_EDIT_LINE_ALLOW_ALL_UNIT_TYPE ►&#039;&#039;&#039; Allow the selection of other unit types when editing the document line&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;RESOURCE_ON_PRODUCTS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allow to affect resources on products/services ► (v10.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;RESOURCE_ON_SERVICES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allow to affect resources on products/services ► (v10.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_SHOW_ORIGIN_IN_COMBO&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Show origin of products when adding lines in proposals/invoices/orders ► (v12.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUIT_ATTRIBUTES_HIDECHILD&#039;&#039;&#039;  ► Add option hide child if variantes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_ADD_FORM_ADD_TO&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add a product to a draft proposal/order/invoice, from the product card.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_DISABLE_SELLBY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Hide the Sell by date ► (v13.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_DISABLE_EATBY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Hide the Eat by date ► (v13.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_DENY_CHANGE_PRODUCT_TYPE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Forbid to change the product type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_SORT_BY_CATEGORY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Sort the product by categories instead of by ID&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_ADD_NET_MEASURE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Support Net Measure in product&#039;s card.php (For real weight, volume or piece; needed for some business ie fruits, vegetables....). Note brut value is already available natively, use this option only if you need 2 weights, 2 volumes, ...for each product) ► (v11.0.1+)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_PRICE_BASE_TYPE&#039;&#039;&#039;  ► value &#039;TTC&#039; / &#039;HT&#039; specify the default value of the price (with or without taxes) ► (v16.0.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_LOAD_EXTRAFIELD_INTO_OBJECTLINES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Load product extrafiled on object lines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUCT_USE_SUB_COST_PRICES_IF_COST_PRICE_EMPTY&#039;&#039;&#039; : Calculate the parent product production price by child prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Projects Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROJECT_ALLOW_TO_LINK_FROM_OTHER_COMPANY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Option related to the combo list Project on elements. It is a list of thirdparty IDs. If set, you can link an object to a project owned by one of this thirdparty in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROJECT_ALLOW_COMMENT_ON_PROJECT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add comment feature on a project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROJECT_ALLOW_COMMENT_ON_TASK&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add comment feature on project task&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROJECT_ALWAYS_DISCARD_CLOSED_PROJECTS_IN_SELECT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Discards closed projects in every select field. A closed project can&#039;t be associated to an object ► (v20.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROJECT_CAN_ALWAYS_LINK_TO_ALL_SUPPLIERS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Option related to the combo list Project on elements. Can link an element (purhcase invoice, purchase order, reception, ...) to any project even if object has a different supplier than the one of the project to link to. See also PROJECT_ALLOW_TO_LINK_FROM_OTHER_COMPANY that is different because it allows to define some given thirdparty ID to allow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROJECT_CREATE_ON_OVERVIEW_DISABLED&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Hide the &amp;quot;create ...&amp;quot; button on the overview page ► (v4.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROJECT_DISABLE_UNLINK_FROM_OVERVIEW&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Enable removing the button from a link in the project overview. ► (&amp;gt;= v8.0.1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROJECT_HIDE_UNSELECTABLES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Hide into select list, all project that we can&#039;t select (closed or draft)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROJECT_HIDE_TASKS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Hide tasks. For user using project only as an analytics key and not using tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROJECT_LIST_SHOW_STARTDATE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Shows start date of projects in project lists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROJECT_LINK_ON_OVERWIEW_DISABLED&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Hide the &amp;quot;link to&amp;quot; form on the overview page ► (v4.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROJECT_SHOW_REF_INTO_LISTS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add column with project ref into list (with 3.7 list of supplier invoices only, will be expanded to other lists)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROJECT_TIME_ON_ALL_TASKS_MY_PROJECTS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Can add time spent on tasks, even if i am not assigned to task (however, task must be a project i am a contact).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROJECT_OPEN_ALWAYS_ON_TAB&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set to value &#039;task&#039;, or &#039;preview&#039; to always open the project on the given tab instead of main tab.&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROJECT_ELEMENTS_FOR_MINUS_MARGIN&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Proposals Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add a picture of the product (the first one found if there are several) into the generated PDF of proposals. Note that using this will reduce the available width for the product description.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PROPAL_CHOOSE_ODT_DOCUMENT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► On setup page, you&#039;ll be able to select which ODT document to use when close or cancel proposals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING&#039;&#039;&#039; ► add optional esign field in pdf propal ► (v8.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROPAL_CLONE_ON_CREATE_PAGE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► On the create proposal page, ask if we want to create the proposal by cloning an already existing one. You should use instead the &amp;quot;Clone&amp;quot; button available on existing proposals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROPAL_DISABLE_SIGNATURE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Do no show the box for signature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PRODUIT_PDF_MERGE_PROPAL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► When generating the proposal PDF, all PDFs linked to products linked to proposal are also included into final PDF&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROPOSAL_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD&#039;&#039;&#039; ► When a PDF is generated, a share key is automatically set so the file can be downloaded using the share key. ► (v7.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROPOSAL_AUTO_ADD_AUTHOR_AS_CONTACT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add Proposal Author as user contact follow proposal&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Do not show the payment term on proposal ► (v11.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Do not show the payment mode on proposal ► (v11.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;WORKFLOW_PROPAL_CAN_CLASSIFY_BILLED_WITHOUT_INVOICES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Button &amp;quot;Classified Billed&amp;quot; is visible on proposal even if there is no invoice linked to proposal.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROPAL_REOPEN_UNSIGNED_ONLY&#039;&#039;&#039;  ► Do not allow reopening of signed (or billed) proposals. (V15)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROPOSAL_ARE_NOT_BILLABLE&#039;&#039;&#039;  ► Disable billing button on proposals (V15)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PROPAL_DEFAULT_NOTE_PUBLIC&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Default text in public note&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Services Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SERVICE_ARE_ECOMMERCE_200238EC&#039;&#039;&#039; ►  If seller and buyer are in Europe and buyer is not a company, use the VAT of buying country. For french speaking people, see also the page [[Loi_européenne_TVA_Vente_à_Distance_VAD_et_e-commerce_BtoC]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_FILL_SERVICE_DATES_FROM_LAST_SERVICE_LINE&#039;&#039;&#039;  ► (v13.0) On add line form add a button to fill service dates from the last service line&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Shipments=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;STOCK_WAREHOUSE_NOT_REQUIRED_FOR_SHIPMENTS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If set, you can add a shipment line, with no stock source defined. ► (&amp;gt;= 8.0.1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SHIPMENT_GETS_ALL_ORDER_PRODUCTS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add all order lines in shipment, including the one with 0 in quantity&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SHIPPING_PDF_HIDE_ORDERED&#039;&#039;&#039; ►Hide column quantity ordered on shipment pdf (&amp;gt;=15.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;STOCK_SUPPORTS_SERVICES&#039;&#039;&#039; ►Allow to manage services into warehouse and allow to ship services&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SHIPMENT_SUPPORTS_SERVICES&#039;&#039;&#039; ►Allow to ship services without stock (&amp;gt;=19.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Stocks=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SUPPLIER_ORDER_DISABLE_STOCK_DISPATCH_WHEN_TOTAL_REACHED&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable stock dispatch when total expected was already received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;STOCK_EXCLUDE_VIRTUAL_PRODUCTS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If product is a virtual product, we do not manage stock for it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;ENTREPOT_EXTRA_STATUS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Instead of the 2 status (Closed, Open), a Warehouse has 3 status: Closed, Open (for all movements), Open (for internal movement only). Internal movement only means you can&#039;t use the warehouse to make shipment or receptions.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SUPPLIER_ORDER_STATUS_FOR_VIRTUAL_STOCK&#039;&#039;&#039; ► For the calculation of virtual stocks, by default supplier orders with the status 3 (ordered) and 4 (partially received) are used. You can enter the list of statuses to be taken into account separated by commas for this calculation (example: 0,1,2,3)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;STOCK_MOVEMENT_LIST_HIDE_UNIT_PRICE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► to hide unit price on some pages (V15+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Suppliers Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;FOURN_PRODUCT_AVAILABILITY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► On the Suppliers price page of the products, activate the supplier product availability. &#039;&#039;This is duplicate feature with delivery_delay introduced with 3.8.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;RELOAD_PAGE_ON_SUPPLIER_CHANGE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► On creation of a supplier order/invoice, reload form with supplier-specific details when supplier is selected from drop-down list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SUPPLIER_INVOICE_WITH_PREDEFINED_PRICES_ONLY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Restrict selection of products in supplier invoice to only those with a buying price defined for that supplier. ► (v6.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SUPPLIER_ORDER_AUTOADD_USER_CONTACT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add user approving supplier order as a contact automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SUPPLIER_ORDER_DEFAULT_PAYMENT_MODE_ID&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set the default payment method for suppliers (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;rowid&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; in table &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;llx_c_paiement&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SUPPLIER_ORDER_USE_DISPATCH_STATUS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add a status on each dispatch order line when receiving products from suppliers ► (v4.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SUPPLIER_ORDER_NO_DIRECT_APPROVE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► No button &amp;quot;Validate and Approve&amp;quot;. Always do step &amp;quot;Validate&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Approve&amp;quot; in 2 steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SUPPLIER_ORDER_WITH_PREDEFINED_PRICES_ONLY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Restrict selection of products in supplier order to only those with a buying price defined for that supplier. ► (v6.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SUPPLIER_ORDER_EDIT_BUYINGPRICE_DURING_RECEIPT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Can modify the buying price used for PMP calculation when making a stock reception on a supplier order. ► (v6.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL_WITH_PREDEFINED_PRICES_ONLY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Restrict selection of products in supplier proposal to only those with a buying price defined for that supplier. ► (v6.0+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;DISPLAY_DISCOUNTED_SUPPLIER_PRICE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allow to display discounted supplier price when searching product in supplier documents ► (v10.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_CAN_EDIT_SUPPLIER_ON_SUPPLIER_ORDER&#039;&#039;&#039; ►  Allow to change the supplier on a draft supplier order ► (v10.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Third Parties Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;COMPANY_AQUARIUM_CLEAN_REGEX&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add a REGEX rule on the third parties names. It applies a regex replacement pattern on generated code if COMPANY_AQUARIUM_CLEAN_REGEX is set. Value must be a regex with parenthesis. The part into parenthesis is kept, the rest removed. For example if COMPANY_AQUARIUM_CLEAN_REGEX = &#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;^..(..)..(.*)&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039; the first char and second char are removed and the char 5 and 6 too ► (&amp;gt;= 8.0.1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_UNKNOWN_CUSTOMERS_ARE_COMPANIES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► See in Global options section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_USE_VAT_COMPANIES_IN_EEC_WITH_INVALID_VAT_ID_ARE_INDIVIDUAL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► See in Global options section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SOCIETE_EMAIL_MANDATORY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► E-mail is a mandatory field when creating a thirdparty&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SOCIETE_DISABLE_CUSTOMERS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Remove all menu and features related to customers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SOCIETE_DISABLE_PROSPECTS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Remove all menu and features related to prospects&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SOCIETE_DISABLE_PROSPECTSCUSTOMERS ►&#039;&#039;&#039; Remove the status &amp;quot;Customer/Prospect&amp;quot; when thirdparties creation or modification&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SOCIETE_DISABLE_STATE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Do not use field &amp;quot;state/province&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SOCIETE_SORT_ON_TYPEENT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► The combo list of &amp;quot;type of third party&amp;quot; is sorted on alphabetical order instead of the field &amp;quot;position&amp;quot; that appears into dictionary instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SOCIETE_ASK_FOR_SHIPPING_METHOD&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Shipping method can be predefined on customer card and will be used as default on order creation&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SOCIETE_ADD_REF_IN_LIST&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Displays the code before the name in the lists  ► Value 1 -&amp;gt; Code + name + alias ou Code + name if colone alias 2 -&amp;gt; Code + alias 3 -&amp;gt; Alias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;THIRDPARTY_CAN_HAVE_CATEGORY_EVEN_IF_NOT_CUSTOMER_PROSPECT_SUPPLIER&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Possible to add Categories to third parties that are not customer, prospect or supplier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;THIRDPARTY_DEFAULT_USELOCALTAX1&#039;&#039;&#039; ► When creating a new third party, the field &amp;quot;Use second tax&amp;quot; is set to on or off depending on value of this parameter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;THIRDPARTY_DEFAULT_USELOCALTAX2&#039;&#039;&#039; ► When creating a new third party, the field &amp;quot;Use third tax&amp;quot; is set to on or off depending on value of this parameter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;THIRDPARTY_NOTCUSTOMERPROSPECT_BY_DEFAULT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Do not set status &amp;quot;Customer/Prospect&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;on&amp;quot; when creating a new third party from menu &amp;quot;New third party&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;THIRDPARTY_INCLUDE_PARENT_IN_LINKTO&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Search also for elements on parent third party when using the &amp;quot;link to&amp;quot; object feature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;THIRDPARTY_INCLUDE_PROJECT_THIRDPARY_IN_LINKTO&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Search also for elements on third party that own the project of the current element when using the &amp;quot;link to&amp;quot; object feature (if project is owned by a different thirdparty than current one).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;THIRDPARTY_LOGO_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD&#039;&#039;&#039; ► When a logo is uploaded, a share key is automatically set so the file can be downloaded using the share key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;THIRDPARTY_SUGGEST_ALSO_ADDRESS_CREATION&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Enabled contact creation on third-party create card&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;THIRDPARTY_QUICKSEARCH_ON_FIELDS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Personalized search criteria ► Example: $conf-&amp;gt;global-&amp;gt;THIRDPARTY_QUICKSEARCH_ON_FIELDS = &#039;s.nom=ThirdPartyName;s.name_alias=AliasNameShort;s.code_client=CustomerCode&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MEMBER_CAN_CONVERT_CUSTOMERS_TO_MEMBERS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Enabled member creation on third-party create card&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SOCIETE_DISABLE_PARENTCOMPANY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disables attachment to a parent company.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;THIRDPARTY_CUSTOMERPROSPECT_BY_DEFAULT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set the third party to customer by default&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;THIRDPARTY_SUPPLIER_BY_DEFAULT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set the third party to supplier by default&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;THIRDPARTY_CUSTOMERTYPE_BY_DEFAULT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set the third party type by default (3 = customer &amp;amp; prospect / 2 = prospect / 1 = customer )&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CONTACT_DISABLE_PERSONALINFO&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable Personal data on contact page&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SOCIETE_DISABLE_WORKFORCE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable work force selector on society page&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SOCIETE_SHOW_VAT_IN_LIST&#039;&#039;&#039; ► display VAT number in combo list of thirdparties ► (V15+)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;THIRDPARTY_DEFAULT_CREATE_CONTACT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► When set, a contact is created at the creation of an individual third party ► (v14.0)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_SUPPORT_SHARED_CONTACT_BETWEEN_THIRDPARTIES&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Able to share contact between several third parties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ticket Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;TICKET_SHOW_MESSAGES_ON_CARD&#039;&#039;&#039; ►Display all ticket related messages on the main ticket card. ► (&amp;gt;= 10.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;TICKET_AUTO_ASSIGN_CONTRACT_CREATE&#039;&#039;&#039; ►Automatically create a contract linked to the ticket ► (&amp;gt;= 10.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;TICKET_AUTO_CREATE_FICHINTER_CREATE&#039;&#039;&#039; ►Automatically create an intervention linked to the ticket ► (&amp;gt;= 10.0)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;WORKFLOW_TICKET_CLOSE_INTERVENTION&#039;&#039;&#039; ►On ticket close, automatically close an intervention linked to the ticket&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;TICKET_CHECK_NOTIFY_THIRDPARTY_AT_CREATION&#039;&#039;&#039; ►Automatically check &amp;quot;notify thirdparty at creation&amp;quot; ( &amp;gt;=16)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;TICKETS_MESSAGE_FORCE_MAIL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Pre check email sending on ticket message (&amp;gt;=15)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;TICKET_SEND_PRIVATE_EMAIL ►&#039;&#039;&#039; Allow a private message to be sent by mail (&amp;gt;=17)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;TICKET_LIMIT_VIEW_ASSIGNED_ONLY&#039;&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;&#039;►&#039;&#039;&#039; Only display tickets assigned to the user&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;TICKET_ADD_AUTHOR_AS_CONTACT&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;►&#039;&#039;&#039; If set to 1: Automatically adds the author as internal contact. If set to 2: Automatically adds the author as external contact if external user. (&amp;gt;=20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=VAT Report=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_INCLUDE_ZERO_VAT_IN_REPORTS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Include lines with VAT to 0% (for &amp;quot;auto-liquidation&amp;quot; in EEC) ► (v8.0.3+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Website Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;WEBSITE_USE_WEBSITE_ACCOUNTS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add a table and a tab to manage some accounts for websites to a third party&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;WEBSITE_ALLOW_OVERWRITE_GIT_SOURCE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add a button to export a website over the GIT sources&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;WEBSITE_ADD_CSS_TO_BODY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Add a CSS class to the body tag of websites&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=WYSIWYG Editor=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;FCKEDITOR_ENABLE_DETAILS_FULL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Can cut and paste external images (hosted on external server) into description of proposal, orders or invoices. WARNING: PDF generation is not guaranteed with this. Also if the image is removed or renamed by the image hosting service, your proposal, order or invoice will be broken.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;FCKEDITOR_ALLOW_ANY_CONTENT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Allow to enter any content. However, this will totally disable content filtering which is one of the most important CKEditor features. You can use this to keep all your tags and attributes in the html content.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;FCKEDITOR_ENABLE_SCAYT_AUTOSTARTUP ►&#039;&#039;&#039; Allow to activate the SpellCheckAsYouType (SCAYT) plugins of CKEditor i.e an automatic spell checking. The value to activate this option is 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=STRIPE Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;STRIPE_FORCE_VERSION&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Force the STRIPE version. For Example: &amp;quot;2019-09-09&amp;quot; (v11+)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;STRIPE_REUSE_EXISTING_INTENT_IF_FOUND&#039;&#039;&#039; ► With this, you will have idempotency key but the payment intention will be reuse and not Generate again (13+)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=ClickToDial Module=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CLICKTODIAL_FORCENEWTARGET&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Open in new page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=For SaaS / Cloud hosting integrators=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following options are useless for a common usage of Dolibarr. But they are usefull if you plan to host / provide Dolibarr instances as Software As A Service (SAAS) to your customers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CRON_DISABLE_KEY_CHANGE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► When you provide an instance to a customer, you probably also add an entry in the cron of this user so Dolibarr batch and scheduler can work correctly. For security purpose, it may have a security key that is inside the command line into the cron entry and this entry must match the value defined into Dolibarr setup (setup of module &#039;Scheduled Jobs&#039;). Because, a customer of a Saas platform will probably have no access to edit the cron file, it is also import that he has no way to edit the key into the Dolibarr setup, so the key in the cron command line will always match the key in Dolibarr setup, and the Dolibarr batches will executed without security errors. To be sure, the customer does not change the value, you can set this constant to 1 into the table [[Table_llx_const]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CRON_DISABLE_TUTORIAL_CRON&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Disable the tutorial about how to install the cron script (on a SaaS hosting, this should be done by the web hosting provider)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CRON_WARNING_DELAY_HOURS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set this value to the frequency set for the cron script (so a warning will be shown to user to warn it about max frequency of its scheduled jobs)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAILING_NO_USING_PHPMAIL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► To avoid bad use of the emailing module, it is recommended to set this option to 1 (This option is described previously). Also you can complete the message visible by customers when they try to setup the SMTP credentials of their Dolibarr by using the constant MAILING_SMTP_SETUP_EMAILS_FOR_QUESTIONS (This option is described previously). For example, you can point to a FAQ on your website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_IN_SAME_EMAIL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If you have set a system limit on number of recipients on your system, you can set also this option to match the same value, so users will be informed: So &#039;&#039;&#039;MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_IN_SAME_EMAIL&#039;&#039;&#039; restricts sending of 1 email message to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; recipients for the same email message (x for To: + CC: + BCC:). If not defined, value is &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;10&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. Required to fight against spamming that include a ton of recipients in 1 message. Note that &#039;&#039;&#039;MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_TO_IN_SAME_EMAIL&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_CC_IN_SAME_EMAIL&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_BCC_IN_SAME_EMAIL&#039;&#039;&#039; are also available. Note that this is not a hard limit; it is just the quantity that will be displayed on warnings on screen. For a real limit, this must be implemented into the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAILING_LIMIT_SENDBYDAY&#039;&#039;&#039; ► This is a limit of number of emails, an instance can send. Note that this is not a hard limit; it is just the quantity that will be displayed on warnings on screen. For a real limit, this must be implemented into the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAILING_LIMIT_WARNING_PHPMAIL&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set this value to a translation key. Then add translation keys into the instance so user will see a message when into the email setup page. For example, you can set a message to say &#039;&#039;Warning: To avoid abuse, when using default setup, you are restricted to 500 emails per day for all your application (account may be suspended in case of violation of this rule. You can setup application to use your own SMTP server for sending email so you want have no restriction at all (see menu Home-Setup-Emails)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_ALWAYS_CREATE_LOCK_AFTER_LAST_UPGRADE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If set, when you launch upgrades of your customer instances, you are sure that the upgrade process recreate automatically the file install.lock and remove the upgrade.unlock so the administration tools like install.php, upgrade.php and repair.php can&#039;t be used on your customer instance (until the install.lock file is deleted or the upgrade.unlock file is created).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_EXTERNAL_SMTP_CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS&#039;&#039;&#039; ► (A better name of this option should be MAIN_EXTERNAL_MAIL_CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS). Set here the list of IPs where your Dolibarr instances are hosted. So when your customer go into the setup area of email:&lt;br /&gt;
**If he chose mail method, a message will explain him how to setup its SPF record for its email domain (showing the list of IP). This is to avoid to have its emails, sent from its Dolibarr instance, fails due to strict antispam rule of some emailing servers.&lt;br /&gt;
**If he chose smtp method, a message will explain him the list of IP he can use if there is restriction on IP by the SMTP agent. If you also need to add a message to help SPF setup, see option &#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_EXTERNAL_SMTP_SPF_STRING_TO_ADD&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_EXTERNAL_SMTP_SPF_STRING_TO_ADD&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set here the string to add in the SPF record This string will be shown into a help message when the user in in the setup of email page and has choose a method using an external SMTP server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_FIRST_PING_OK_ID&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set this value to &amp;quot;disabled&amp;quot; to remove completely any ping after a complete setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_FILECHECK_LOCAL_SUFFIX&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_FILECHECK_LOCAL_EXT&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If you offer a customized or patched version of Dolibarr, when the user will use the tool to check the integrity of files, the default xml file name used for signature checking will be the official file provided by the Dolibarr team, so it does not includes your own changes. To have the suggested signature file being your own file, you can set the constant MAIN_FILECHECK_LOCAL_SUFFIX to a suffix. For example, set this to &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;-mysaassolution&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;. So, when the user will use the file integrity tool, the default file to check for signature will be &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;/install/filelist-10.0.2-mysaassolution.xml&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;/install/filelist-10.0.2.xml&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;. All you have to do is generate the signature file &#039;&#039;&#039;mysaassolution&#039;&#039;&#039; using the tool &#039;&#039;&#039;build/generate_filelist_xml.php&#039;&#039;&#039; and put this file into the install directory of your customer instance. Doing this, your customer, and yourself, will be able to check if a file was modified without being disturbed by false alerts due to your customized files or patches (they will be included in the signature used for check). Also, if you want to zip the customized signature file into &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;/install/filelist-10.0.2-mysaassolution.xml.zip&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;, you can set the constant MAIN_FILECHECK_LOCAL_EXT to &#039;.zip&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_HIDE_WARNING_TO_ENCOURAGE_SMTP_SETUP&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set to 1 by default (so warning is hidden). You can set it to 0 to show a warning to encourage admin to set its own SMTP service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MAIL_SENDMODE_password&#039;&#039;&#039; ► To force the mode to send the email on the &amp;quot;password forgotten&amp;quot; page. So you can decide to use php mail or SMTP method for this specific use case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_MIN_NB_ENABLED_MODULE_FOR_WARNING&#039;&#039;&#039; ► If set to N, the warning saying modules are not activated will be shown if number of activated module is &amp;lt; N (Having this variable not defined is same than having it set to 1). This may be usefull if you preinstall an application with some modules already loaded by default and you want to keep the warning to be sure the user will enable other modules he need, even if some modules are already enabed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;MAIN_NO_UPGRADE_REDIRECT_ON_LEVEL_3_CHANGE&#039;&#039;&#039; ► The page to make the migration is not shown automatically when you deploy files of version X.Y.Z+delta over an  installation with a database version X.Y.Z. The upgrade page will be shown automatically only if there is a change on value of X or Y in version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;SYSLOG_DISABLE_LOGHANDLER_SYSLOG&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Set this to 1 to disable usage of syslog (having all customer instances logging in the same system file is not a good idea).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;WEBSITE_REPLACE_INFO_ABOUT_USAGE_WITH_WEBSERVER&#039;&#039;&#039; ► Put here a text or a translation key of a text to show when the user will use the feature &amp;quot;Deploy&amp;quot; when he want to deploy a website done with Dolibarr CMS. So you can, for example, show him a message that this feature is not part of its subscription and putting a website online may need a complementary subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[#Top|(back to top)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maxime</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.dolibarr.org/index.php?title=Module_Double_Entry_Accounting&amp;diff=57203</id>
		<title>Module Double Entry Accounting</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.dolibarr.org/index.php?title=Module_Double_Entry_Accounting&amp;diff=57203"/>
		<updated>2023-07-29T19:19:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maxime: add général setup information and especially to activate lettering function&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- BEGIN origin interlang links --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- You can edit this section but do NOT remove these comments&lt;br /&gt;
     Links below will be automatically replicated on translated pages by PolyglotBot --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Module_Comptabilité_en_Partie_Double]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:JA_Module_Double_Entry_Accounting]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- END interlang links --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Accounting]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{TemplateDocUser}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{TemplateModEN}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{BasculeDevUser|&lt;br /&gt;
nom=Accountancy| &lt;br /&gt;
num=50400|&lt;br /&gt;
devdoc=[[Module Double Entry Accounting (developer)]]|&lt;br /&gt;
userdoc=This page|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
The Accounting Advanced module provide double entry accounting features. If you don&#039;t need double entry accounting neither editing a ledger, you may use the [[Module Accounting Simplified]] instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its features are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*support for double entry accounting&lt;br /&gt;
*grouping transactions in journals&lt;br /&gt;
*support for exports (a lot of common software format are supported, and also CSV and FEC format)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dolibarr provides ready-to-use chart of account for several countries:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Africa (Benin, Burkina Faso, Cameroon, Central African Republic, Comoros, Congo (Brazzaville), Congo (Kinshasa), Equatorial Guinea, Ghana, Marocco, Niger, Senegal, Tunisia)&lt;br /&gt;
*Europe (Belgium, Denmark, Luxembourg, France, Germany, Great Britain, Netherlands, Romania, Switzerland, Spain, Sweden&lt;br /&gt;
*South America (Chile)&lt;br /&gt;
*And more... ([https://github.com/Dolibarr/dolibarr/blob/develop/htdocs/install/mysql/data/llx_accounting_abc.sql see full list])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{{NoInstallModuleEn}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Setup=&lt;br /&gt;
{{ActivationModuleEn}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GENERAL ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This module&#039;s general configuration page allows you to :&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Adjust global options ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Global options.png|frameless|1250x1250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Adjust binding options ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Binding options.png|frameless|1254x1254px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Activate the accounting lettering function ===&lt;br /&gt;
Lettering allows you to associate entries from the same account. In dolibarr, lettering can be used for customer or supplier account only. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For v2 lettering (as it&#039;s known internally), it currently only works on sub-ledger accounts. It is planned to work on an evolution (lettering v3) to take over G/L account lettering on the accounts you define.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lettering V2  feature requires version 17 of Dolibarr&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To activate lettering  : &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Lettering activation.png|frameless|1542x1542px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Default accounts==&lt;br /&gt;
After setting up your chart of accounts you have to tell Dolibarr to use them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Warning: Make sure you have different accounts for the top 3 accounts from the ones at the bottom or else all the reports will be mixed/wrong.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Accountancy-defaultaccounts.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Journals==&lt;br /&gt;
Set up your custom journals. Here is an example including a special journal for Upwork &amp;quot;bank&amp;quot; account, taxes and an equity insert/take out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Accountancy-journals.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
==VAT accounts==&lt;br /&gt;
Setup the applicable VAT rates and accounts for your country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vat-accounts.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tax accounts==&lt;br /&gt;
Setup the account from which you pay your tax.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tax-accounts.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export options==&lt;br /&gt;
Change these if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Accountancy-export.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Life cycle / Business rules=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usage of the accountancy module is done in several step:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following actions are usually executed one time only, or once per year...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*STEP 1: Create a model of chart of account from menu Financial-Accountancy-Setup-Chart of accounts models&lt;br /&gt;
*STEP 2: Create or check content of your chart of account from menu Financial-Accountancy-Setup-Chart of accounts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next steps should be done to save you time in future by suggesting you the correct default accounting account when making thee journalization (writing record in Journals and General ledger)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*STEP 3: Check the default binding between miscellaneous transaction lines and accounting account is done. Complete missing bindings. For this you can use the menu entry Financial-Accountancy-Setup-Default accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
*STEP 4: Check the binding between vat rates and accounting account is done. Complete missing bindings. You can set accounting accounts to use for each VAT from page Financial-Accountancy-Setup-Vat accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
*STEP 5: Check the binding between special expences (miscellaneous taxes) and accounting account is done. Complete missing bindings. For this you can use the menu entry Financial-Accountancy-Setup-Tax accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
*STEP 6: Check the binding between type of expense report and accounting account is done. Complete missing bindings. You can set accounting accounts to use for each VAT from page Financial-Accountancy-Setup-Expense report accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
*STEP 7: Check the binding between loans payment and accounting account is done. Complete missing bindings. For this you can use the menu entry Financial-Special expenses-Loans or Financial-Accountancy-Setup-Default accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
*STEP 8: Check the binding between bank accounts and accounting account is done. Complete missing bindings. For this, go on the card of each financial account. You can start from page Home-Bank/Cash.&lt;br /&gt;
*STEP 9: Check the binding between products/services and accounting account is done. Complete missing bindings. For this you can use the menu entry Financial-Accountancy-Setup-Products accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following actions are usually executed every month, week or day for very large companies...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*STEP 1: Check the binding between existing customer invoice lines and accounting account is done, so application will be able to journalize transactions in General Ledger in one click. Complete missing bindings. For this you can use the menu entry Financial-Accountancy-Customer invoice binding.&lt;br /&gt;
*STEP 2: Check the binding between existing supplier invoice lines and accounting account is done, so application will be able to journalize transactions in General Ledger in one click. Complete missing bindings. For this you can use the menu entry Financial-Accountancy-Supplier invoice binding.&lt;br /&gt;
*STEP 3: Check the binding between type of expense report and accounting account is done. Complete missing bindings. You can set accounting accounts to use for each VAT from page Financial-Accountancy-Expense report binding.&lt;br /&gt;
*STEP 4: Write transactions into the General Ledger. For this, go into each Journal, and click into button &amp;quot;Journalize transactions in General Ledger&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*STEP 5: Add or edit existing transactions and generate reports and exports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exports=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are examples of available export formats.  Export can be done from the General Ledger:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{AccountingExpertExportExamples}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maxime</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.dolibarr.org/index.php?title=File:Global_options.png&amp;diff=57202</id>
		<title>File:Global options.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.dolibarr.org/index.php?title=File:Global_options.png&amp;diff=57202"/>
		<updated>2023-07-29T19:17:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maxime: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;global options&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maxime</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.dolibarr.org/index.php?title=File:Binding_options.png&amp;diff=57201</id>
		<title>File:Binding options.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.dolibarr.org/index.php?title=File:Binding_options.png&amp;diff=57201"/>
		<updated>2023-07-29T19:15:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maxime: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;binding options&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maxime</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.dolibarr.org/index.php?title=File:Lettering_activation.png&amp;diff=57200</id>
		<title>File:Lettering activation.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.dolibarr.org/index.php?title=File:Lettering_activation.png&amp;diff=57200"/>
		<updated>2023-07-29T19:06:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Maxime: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;how to activate lettering&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Maxime</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>